- Tham gia
- 28/1/21
- Bài viết
- 82,075
- Điểm
- 113
tác giả
TUYỂN TẬP 32 ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH VÀO LỚP 6 HÀ NỘI CÓ ĐÁP ÁN được soạn dưới dạng file word gồm 2 file trang. Các bạn xem và tải đề thi tiếng anh vào lớp 6 hà nội về ở dưới.
I. PHONETICS
1.1. Choose the word whose main stress is different from the others.
1. A. promotion B. engineering C. divorce D. impossible
2. A. active B. serious C. selfish D. announcement
1.2. Choose the word whose underlined part is differently pronounced from the others.
1. A. arrival B. champion C. athletics D. accountant
2. A. surgeon B. underground C. interrupt D. button
II. READING COMPREHENSION
2.1. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C, or D fits each space.
People in many countries grow fresh water fish from eggs. They move the small fish into lakes and rivers. The fish live and (1) ________there. People go (2) ________in these lakes and rivers. They enjoy catching fish because fish is also good food. Now the Japanese grow salt water fish. Most of them are yellow tail fish. Workers grow the fish from eggs. Every time they feed the fish, they play (3) ________of piano music. The fish (4) ________that piano music means food. When the fish are small, the Japanese put them into the ocean near the land. The fish find some of their (5) ________food. Workers also feed them. They play the same piano music. The fish (6) ________know the music. They swim toward it and (7) ________the food. In (8) ________months the fish are large. The Japanese play the same music. The fish swim toward it and the workers (9) ________them. The Japanese get about 15 percent of their seafood (10) ________farms in the ocean.
1. a. bred b. born c. grow d. develop
2. a. enjoying b. fishing c. shopping d. catching
3. a. songs b. films c. tapes d. lots
4. a. think b. recognise c. realize d. learn
5. a. own b. private c. self d. individual
6. a. recently b. mostly c. nearly d. already
7. a. see b. find c. bite d. hold
8. a. few b. a few c. couple d. many
9. a. grasp b. catch c. seize d. hold
10. a. on b. of c. from d.in
2.2. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Past explorers have made vast contributions to our knowledge of the world today. They braved the oceans to discover the world and to bring their goods to other countries to trade.
Many explorers had to overcome their fear of the unknown to travel around the world on their sailing ships. Submitting themselves to unpredictable weather conditions, each explorer either traveled further than his predecessor or tried to find a different route to already discovered countries. For example, Vasco Da Gama, a Portuguese explorer, established a sea route from Europe to India. He had extended the sea route that Bartolomeu Dias had already done when he latter sailed around the Cape of Good Hope in southern Africa.
More importantly, explorers first closed the gap between the east and the west by trading their local goods with foreign ones. India was known for its spices such as nutmeg and cinnamon while China was known for its silk. A part of the east was brought to the west when western gourmets developed a taste for eastern spices in their food. People in the east dressed in clothes that were previously only worn in the west. Without the explorers, many of us would still be living in our own enclave with little knowledge of the vast world and what other foreign countries have to offer us.
1. Past explorers contributed to our knowledge of the world by_________
A. making new good B. selling their goods at high prices
C. traveling to other countries D. spending time reading about foreign countries
2. Past explorers were probably fearful of________.
A. swimming in the ocean B. the dangers that lurked in unexplored places
C. being in their sailing ships for a long time D. trying to predict the weather conditions
3. Explorers who traveled to countries that others had already been to would make sure that they________
A. sold new goods to those countries
B. bought new goods from those countries
C. explored new areas in the countries
D. found another way of going to those countries
4. The act of selling their local goods to a foreign country allowed the explorers to____.
A. earn more money B. think about visiting other countries as well
C. grow different types of spices D. find out more about that country
5. Based on the third paragraph, the________of people changed when they came into contact with foreigners.
A. clothing and lifestyle B. speech and lifestyle
C. clothing and jobs D. family structure and clothing
III. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY
3.1. Choose the best option to complete the sentences.
1. The ticket machine in the station was out of ......... so I couldn’t buy a ticket for my train.
A. Order B. broken C. vacant D. work
2. ............is a complete mystery how they ever got there in that car.
A. There B. That C. It D. This
3. We had so many problems with the car that ............we sold it and bought a new one.
A. At the end B. in the end C. by the end D. to the end
4. I did not agree with the decisions the............made last night. We lost the game because of him.
A. Competitor B. supporter C. champion D. referee
5. His parents thinks it is time he ............married.
A. Will get B. gets C. got D. would get
6. I had to ............early last morning because I was going to board a ferry but I had to wait to check out.
A. Reach B. unpack C. set off D. arrived
7. Before entering the room you’d better.........your shoes.
A. Carry on B. take off C. take in D. put on
8. They saw bright............in the sky during the storm.
A. Flood B. freeze C. hurricane D. flashes of lightning
9. I regret to inform you that your............for this post has not been successful.
A. CV B. career C. application D. celebration
10. Lack of funds prevented him from............with his study.
A. To continue B. continued C. continue D. continuing
3.2. Put the correct form of words.
1. I would be grateful if you could tell me something about the pay and the possibilities of ........................(PROMOTE)
2. Sheila is very .....................(PROFESSION). She turn up on time, works hard and does a good job.
3. People are .............................. (CONFUSE) about all the different labels on food these days.
Promotion - professional - confused
3.3. Synonyms and antonyms
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
1. Many scientists agree that global warming poses great threats to all species on Earth.
A. risks B. annoyances C. fears D. irritations
2. When their rent increased from 200 to 400 a month, they protested against such a tremendous increase.
A. light B. huge C. tiring D. difficult
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions
1. Punctuality is imperative in your new job.
A. Being late B. Being cheerful C. Being courteous D. Being efficient
2. We’d better speed up if we want to get there in time.
A. slow down B. put down C. turn down D. lie down
3.4. CONVERSATION
1. Jim: “What about collecting used paper, bottles and plastic bags everyday?”
Ha and Mai: “ _______ ”
A. Because they can pollute the environment B. How come? Who can do that?
C. That’s a very good idea. Let’s do that. D. What about this weekend
2. Phuong: “I’m taking my TOEFL test tomorrow”
Daisy: “ ____________ ”
Good fortune B. Good luck C. Good outcome D. Good success
IV. WRITING
4.1. Rewrite the sentences without changing their meaning using the given words.
1. She started working as a secretary five years ago.
She has ..........................................................................................
2. "Don't forget to phone the office," she told him.
She reminded .................................................................................
3. The furniture was so expensive that I didn't buy it.
The furniture was too............................................................
4. You may get hungry on the train, so take some sandwiches. (CASE)
........................................................................................
5. I would like you to help me to put the chairs away.
Do you mind ................................................................................…
4.1. Write a meaningful sentence using given words.
1. We / should / stop / destroy / forests / because / they / important / environment /
..........................................................................................................................................
2. She / suggest / go / for / walk.
..........................................................................................................................................
3. I / be / write / tell / you / my holiday / here / Ha Long
..........................................................................................................................................
4. She / looking forward / see / boyfriend / again.
..........................................................................................................................................
5. Life expectancy/ craft village residents/ be/ lower/ rest of Vietnam.
.......................................................................................................................................…
ĐÁP ÁN
I. PHONETICS
1.1. Choose the word whose main stress is different from the others.
1 - B; 2 - D;
1.2. Choose the word whose underlined part is differently pronounced from the others.
1 - B; 2 - A;
II. READING COMPREHENSION
2.1. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C, or D fits each space.
1 - d; 2 - b; 3 - c; 4 - c; 5 - a;
6 - d; 7 - b; 8 - b; 9 - b; 10 - c;
2.2. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
1 - C; 2 - B; 3 - D; 4 - D; 5 - A;
III. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY
3.1. Choose the best option to complete the sentences.
1 - A; 2 - C; 3 - B; 4 - D; 5 - C;
6 - C; 7 - B; 8 - D; 9 - C; 10 - D;
3.2. Put the correct form of words.
1 - Promotion; 2 - professional; 3 - confused;
3.3. Synonyms and antonyms
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
1 - A; 2 - B;
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions
1 - A; 2 - A;
3.4. CONVERSATION
1 - C; 2 - B;
IV. WRITING
4.1. Rewrite the sentences without changing their meaning using the given words.
She has worked as a secretary for five years.
She reminded him to phone the office.
The furniture was too expensive for me to buy.
In case you get hungry on the train, take some sandwiches.
Do you mind helping me to put the chairs away?
4.1. Write a meaningful sentence using given words.
We should stop destroying forests because they are important to our/ the environment.
She suggested going out for a walk.
She suggested that we should go out for a walk.
I am writing to tell you about my holiday here in Ha Long
She is looking forward to seeing her boyfriend again.
Life expectancy of craft village residents is lower than the rest of Vietnam.
Đ
ÁP ÁN
Question 1: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTERS pronounced differently from the
rest?
A. CHildren
B. riCH
C.CHange
D. CHemistry
Question 2: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTERS pronounced differently from the
rest?
A. wishES
B. practicES
C.activitiES
D. beachES
Question 3: Odd one out
A. correct B. accurate C.true D. wrong
Question 4: Odd one out
A. harbour B. station C.bridge D. airport
Question 5: Peter’s father _______, but Bill’s father ______ smoke.
A. Smokes/don’t
B. smokes/doesn’t
C. smoke/don’t
D. smoke/isn’t
Question 6: Max didn’t _____ yesterday afternoon, he ____ at home.
A. Go out/stayed
B. Go out/stays
C. went out/ stayed
D. went out/ stay.
Question 7: Jessica is as tall _____ her mother.
A. as
B. like
C.than
D. More
Question 8: Shop assistants work __________, but they don’t earn much money.
A. harder
B. hardly
C. hard
D. hardest
Question 9: You ____ come with me If you don’t want to. I’ll go on my own.
A. must
B. should
C. may
D. don’t have to
Question 10: There are many good ______ in our body to help us digest and break down food.
A. viruses
B. cells
C. bacteria
D. disease
Question 11: When you sneeze, you first ______ air into your body quickly.
A. exhale
B. shrink
C.live
D. inhale
Question 12: Jack used his ______ cup to drink tea this morning.
A. New, china, coffee
B. new, coffee, china
C. coffee, new, china
D. china, new, coffee
Question 13: He bought a ______ sweater for his mom’s birthday.
A. British, red, woolen
B. British, red, grey
C. Red, woolen, British
D. Red, British, woolen.
Question 14: When I arrived at the party, there were many people there. First, I saw Bill _____ near the bar. Beyonce was with some friends and was singing her latest song.
A. talked to some men in Spanish
B. who was drinking a bottle of vodka
C. drank a glass of red wine
D. and were chatting about our next party.
Question 15: Mrs Knowles and her three sons were driving from Perth to Adelaide one morning. When she was a light flashing on the road ahead, she slowed down___________ . Suddenly, a strange light seemed to be on the top of the car, sucking it up off the road before dropping it down again.
A. agreeing to inspect the old car.
B. thinking that the driver must have been tired
C. feeling scared and under control
D. thinking that it was a traffic signal
Correct each word in parentheses ( ) for spelling and in quotions marks “ ” for grammar.
Ben was afraid (16) “to” going to school because of Brad. Brad was a school (17) (buly). He often (18) (terrrified) the other students at school. Ben was much (19) “small”, so Brad picked (20) “to” him. Ben (21) (consirdered) telling his teacher, but he was afraid that Brad would become really (22) “anger” with him. Ben’s mother was (23) (fuwroius) when she knew about this. She (24) “gone” to school with Ben to see his principal. Brad was (25) “surprising” to see Ben’s mother, he didn’t think Ben would dare tell his mom. In the principal’s office. Brad (26) (appolorgizered) and promised he (27) “won’t” do it again.
Here are these examples:
Ex1: (Ysesterdya) thành Yesterday
Ex2: “make” thành made
Correct each word in parentheses ( ) for spelling and in quotions marks “ ” for grammar.
Every (28) “children” (29) “liked” to watch a clown. This is because clowns look (30) “amuse” in (31) “his” costumes, an (32) (ernormos) wig and the (33) (sinagtrue) red nose. Peals of laughter are (34) (otfen) heard (35) (whenervor) a clown is around. A clow’s (36) (fatial) expressions never (37) “fails” to lift a child’s spirit. However, some children don’t like clowns because they may sometimes (38) “looks” scary. Nowadays, clowns even (39) (apeer) in (40) (horer) movies.
Here are these examples:
Ex1: (Ysesterdya) thành Yesterday
Ex2: “make” thành made
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - D; 2 - C; 3 - D; 4 - C; 5 - B;
6 - A; 7 - A; 8 - C; 9 - D; 10 - C;
11 - D; 12 - A; 13 - D; 14 - B; 15 - D;
16 - of; 17 - bully; 18 - terrified; 19 - smaller;
20 - on; 21 - considered; 22 - angry; 23 - furious;
24 - went; 25 - surprised; 26 - apologized; 27 - wouldn’t;
28 - child; 29 - would like; 30 - amusing;31 - their;
32 - enormous; 33 - signature; 34 - often; 35 - whenever;
36 - facial; 37 - fail; 38 - look; 39 - appear; 40 - horror;
Question 1: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTER pronounced differently from the rest?
A. viSit
B. eaSily
C. inSide
D. reaSon
Question 2: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTER pronounced differently from the rest?
A. paintED
B. helpED
C. addED
D. invitED
Question 3: Odd one out
A. delicious B. bitter C. sour D. spicy
Question 4: Odd one out
A. singer
B. cooker
C. postman
D. surgeon
Question 5: I like _____, but I ____ like swimming.
A. sail- do
B. sailing- doesn’t
C. sail- don’t
D. sailing- don’t
Question 6: Where ____ you ___ on holiday last year?
A. did- went
B. go- didC. do- go
D. did- go
Question 7: Bella is _____ than her sister.
A. more nice
B. more nicer
C. much nicer
D. much more nicer
Question 8: The teacher was ____ when nobody did the homework.
A. annoyed
B. annoying
C. annoyingly
D. annoys
Question 9: If you’ve got a ticket, you ____ queue. You can go straight in.
A. shouldn’t
B. don’t have to
C. have to
D. should
Question 10: We waited____ you____ 11.00.
A. at- to
B. for- until
C. with- since
D. for- to
Question 11: Nick always remembers to say “please” and “thank you”. He is very ____ .
A. genius
B. polite
C. rude
D. talkative
Question 12: Could you please pass me the ____ cups?
A. plastic big blue
B. big blue plastic
C. big plastic blue
D. blue plastic big
Question 13: I watched an _____ movie with my friends at home.
A. old American interesting
B. old interesting American
C. American old interesting
D. interesting old American
Question 14: Yesterday, I returned from my short holiday camping in Scotland. I went with Melissa, my friend that you met ____ . Do you remember her? We stayed in her tent in a campsite near Edinburgh, but the weather was terrible.
A. and we can practise English together
B. and other historical places
C. whole four days
D. the last time you were here
Question 15: There was once a young boy who couldn’t control his temper. When he came angry, he would just say anything______.
A. he thought was funny B. crossed his mind and made people laugh
C. came to his mind and hurt people D. made everyone feel optimistic
Question 16-25: Correct each word in parentheses () for spelling and in quotation marks “ “ for grammar.
Jason looked forward to (16) "have" tests and exams in school. He studied hard for them because his parents (17) "will" give him rewards whenever he did well. When Jason (18) (suceded) in scoring full marks for his weekly spelling tests, he (19) (recived) his favourite action figures. When he did well for his exams, he would be (20) "takes" to the largest toy store in town. There, he could buy anything he (21) "want". Although Jason was a conscientious boy, he only worked hard (22) (bicouse) he was rewarded. Since he was not rewarded for his (23) (dayly) work, he did it (24) "bad". He also did not (25) "handed" in his work on time. ** Here are the examples:
(Ex1) (Ysesterdya) => Yesterday I
(Ex2) “make” a cake. => made
Question 26-40: Correct each word in parentheses () for spelling and in quotation marks “ “ for grammar.
Everyone in my family (26) “left” the house after (27) (brakefast) every morning. My parents go to work while my brother and I go to school. We leave the house (28) “in” the same time. We take the lift to the (29) (grund) floor together but (30) “one” the lift door opens, we move in different (31) (diretiens). My parents (32) (hade) towards the car park. My brother and I walk towards the bus stop. (33) (Nomaly) buses arrive every fifteen minutes to pick up (34) “on”, but this morning we had been waiting for half an hour before the bus showed up. As (35) “the” result, both of (36) “we” were (37) (punised) for being late for school. My brother had to (38) “cleaning” up the school (39) (inviroment) whereas I was made to sing in front of class. (40) “ How” an awful day!
** Here are the examples:
(Ex1) (Ysesterdya) => Yesterday
(Ex2) “make” a cake => made
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - C; 2 - B; 3 - A; 4 - B; 5 - D;
6 - D; 7 - C; 8 - A; 9 - B; 10 - B;
11 - B; 12 - B; 13 - D; 14 - D; 15 - C;
16 - having; 17 - would; 18 - succeeded; 19 - Received; 20 - taken;
21 - wanted; 22 - because; 24 - daily; 24 - badly; 25 - hand;
26 - leaves; 27 - breakfast; 28 - at; 29 - ground; 30 -once;
31 - directions; 32 - head; 33 - Normally; 34 - us; 35 - a;
36 - us; 37 - punished; 38 - clean; 39 - environment; 40 - What;
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. grandparents B. brothers C. uncles D. fathers
2. A. request B. project C. neck D. exciting
3. A. Thursday B. thanks C. these D. birthday
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. visit B. repaint C. wish D. house
5. A. Korea B. Japanese C. Scottish D. Dutch
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. My sister likes going to the cinema __________ I like watching TV at home.
A. and B. but C. because D. or
7. I like watching football matches, but I am not very good __________ playing football.
A. at B. in C. on D. for
8. __________ sports do you like watching on TV?
A. How B. What C. Do D. How often
9. When you go to the zoo, don't __________ the animals.
A. play B. do C. tease D. watch
10. Playing sports helps us get __________.
A. fat B. free C. fittest D. fitter
11. I __________ her since I __________ a student.
A. know/ am B. knew/ was C. have known/ am D. have known/ was
12. When we were in Stockholm, we had coffee and cakes __________ a coffee shop __________ the Old Town.
A. on - on B. at - at C. in - in D. on - at
13. This is the first time that I __________ a 3D film.
A. watch B. watched C. have ever watched D. have never watched
14. I usually play football when I have __________.
A. spare time B. good time C. no time D. times
15. Nam plays sports very often, so he looks very __________.
A. sport B. sports C. sporty D. sporting
IV. Give the correct form of the words.
16. There are lots of __________ (beauty) beaches in Viet Nam.
17. Air __________ (pollute) is a big problem in the big cities.
18. Spring is __________ (warm) than Fall. But Summer is the __________ (hot) season of a year.
19. His (tooth) __________ are small and white.
20. I go to visit my grandparents (one) __________ a month.
V. Match the questions with the answers.
VI. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D for each of the gaps to complete the following text.
Sydney is the (31) __________ of the state New South Wales in Australia. It is the largest, oldest, and perhaps the (32) __________ beautiful city in Australia. Sydney has a population of 4.5 million. Its Harbour is one of the largest in the world, and famous (33) __________ the Harbour Bridge and the Opera House. The streets in the city centre are narrow (34) __________ many art galleries, restaurants, pubs, but the streets in Paddington are (35) __________ and houses are big.
31. A. home B. site C. capital D. village
32. A. more B. most C. less D. fewer
33. A. with B. for C. in D. at
34. A. on B. at C. to D. with
35. A. narrow B. short C. long D. wide
VII. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Many people who work in London prefer to live outside it, and to go to their offices, factories or schools everyday by train, car or bus, even though this means they have to get up earlier in the morning and come home later in the evening.
One advantage of living outside London is that houses are cheaper. Even a small flat in London without a garden costs quite a lot to rent. With the same money, one can get a little house in the country with a garden of one's own.
Then, in the country one can rest from the noise and hurry of the town. Although one has to get up earlier and spend more time in trains or buses, one can sleep better at night, and during weekends. In summer evenings one enjoy the fresh, clean air of the country. If one likes gardens, one can spend one's free time digging, planting, watering and doing the hundred and one other jobs which are needed in a garden.
36. What do many people who work in London prefer?
____________________________________________________________
37. What is one advantage of living outside London?
____________________________________________________________
38. What can a person enjoy when he lives in the country?
____________________________________________________________
39. What can a person get in the country with the same money of a small flat in London?
____________________________________________________________
40. What can a person with the interest in gardening do in the country?
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. Is there a colorful picture in your room?
à Does ____________________________________________________________?
42. Peter is the best at English in his class.
à Nobody ____________________________________________________________
43. Let’s have a picnic in the park on the weekend.
à Why ____________________________________________________________
44. My house is near the supermarket.
à My house is not _____________________________________________________
45. How much are these red notebooks?
à What ____________________________________________________________?
X. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
46. The party wil start at seven o’clock in the morning.
____________________________________________________________
47. Pokémon cartoons are made in Japan.
____________________________________________________________
48. I like TV game shows best.
____________________________________________________________
49. TV viewers can know about the weather in their regions from the weather forecast.
____________________________________________________________
50. It took Dr Phong 10 minutes to fill Van’s tooth.
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. A 2. D 3. C
II.
4. D 5. A
III.
6. B 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D 11. D 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. C
IV.
16. beautiful
17. pollution
18. warmer - hottest
19. teeth
20. once
V.
21. h 22. e 23. g 24. j 25. b 26. i 27. a 28. d 29. f 30. c
VI.
31. C 32. B 33. B 34. D 35. D
VII.
36. Many people who work in London prefer to live outside it.
37. One advantage of living outside London is that houses are cheaper.
38. They can enjoy the fresh, clean air of the country.
39. One can get a little house in the country with a garden of one's own.
40. One can spend one's free time digging, planting, watering and doing the hundred and one other jobs which are needed in a garden.
VIII.
41. Does your room have a colorful picture?
42. Nobody in Peter’s class is so/as good at English as him.
43. Why don’t we have a picnic in the park on the weekend?
44. My house is not far from the supermarket.
45. What is the price of these red notebooks?
IX.
46. What time will the party start in the morning?
47. Where are Pokemon cartoons made?
48. What do you like best?
49. How can TV viewers know about the weather in their regions?
50. How long did it take Dr Phong to fill Van’s tooth?
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. city B. center C. country D. cigarette
2. A. helped B. wanted C. sounded D. suggested
3. A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. walk B. compass C. plaster D. sleeping bag
5. A. forest B. mountain C. lake D. city
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. Please turn __________ the lights. The room is so dark.
A. with B. at C. in D. on
7. Can you __________ the tables and chairs __________ the next room? There are some more students.
A. move – to B. take – in C. move – in D. take – on
8. I am having a math lesson but I forgot my __________. I have some difficulty.
A. calculator B. bike C. pencil case D. pencil sharpener
9. __________ you like a cup of tea?
A. Would B. Will C. What D. does
10. __________ Mai and Lan are interested in listening to music.
A. because B. both C. neither D. so
11. The book is __________ the adventure of three close friends.
A. on B. from C. at D. about
12. They invite special __________ to appear in the show.
A. character B. guests C. foxes D. audiences.
13. "What is your __________. TV programme?" - "It's cartoons"
A. good B. favourite C. best D. like
14. "__________ do you like the Modern English programme?
- Because it helps me with my English.
A. What B. How C. When D. Why
15. My father works late tomorrow, so he will __________ the first part of the film on VTV1.
A. miss B. lose C. forget D. cut
IV. Complete the following sentences with the words in the box.
16. Children love cartoons __________ they make them feel happy.
17. __________ the newsreader speaks really fast, my father can hear everything.
18. The animal programme is so late __________ I can’t wait for it.
19. Some game shows are popular, __________ I never watch them.
20. My sister is a weatherwoman, __________ my father is a newsreader.
V. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition.
21. I’m not familiar __________ that book. Who it?
22. John’s thermos bottle is full __________ coffee.
23. Kathy was absent __________ lass yesterday.
24. Are you ready __________ the test?
25. The school cafeteria only opens __________ lunchtime.
VI. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
26. London is a expensive city.
____________________________________________________________
27. The party was such boring that I decided to leave early.
____________________________________________________________
28. My father’s office are on the second floor.
____________________________________________________________
29. Peter earned many money last year
____________________________________________________________
30. How long does it take you getting to school?
____________________________________________________________
VII. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.
31. The shop __________ showed me a lot of new models. (assist)
32. If you want to get more __________, please contact Mr. Phong. (inform)
33. It’s a good restaurant; the food there is very __________. (taste)
34. He fell off the bike, but his __________ were not serious. (injure)
35. You shouldn’t talk about her character only through her __________. (appear)
VIII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.
Last month Lan's father (36) __________ her to a glass factory. They visited the recycling workshop where the broken glass was smashed (37) __________ small pieces, and the glass was washed with a particular detergent liquid. After that, it was dried up and mixed (38) __________ some chemicals. The mixture was put into a very (39) __________ temperature furnace to melt into liquid. The workers in the factory used long pipes (40) __________ the liquid into a variety of shapes. All the glassware looks nice. Lan was very impressed by the journey.
36. A. asked B. took C. told D. gave
37. A. under B. into C. in D. on
38. A. in B. of C. up D. with
39. A. high B. strong C. low D. weak
40. A. change B. to make C. to blow D. to have
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. I accomplished this task in three months.
à It took ____________________________________________________
42. The café has a lot of tables.
à There ____________________________________________________
43. New York has more billionaires than Tokyo.
à Tokyo ____________________________________________________
44. Mr Lam lived in the country when he was a child.
à Mr. Lam used ______________________________________________
45. You forgot to turn off the T.V last night, didn't you?
à You didn't remember ________________________________________?
V. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
46. The Wingless Penguin is about the adventure of a child penguin who has no win.
____________________________________________________________
47. I went to bed at 11 o’clock last night.
____________________________________________________________
48. She bought that dictionary because she didn’t know many English words.
____________________________________________________________
49. She will be fourteen on her next birthday.
____________________________________________________________
50. It’s about two kilometers from my house to the movie theater.
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. C 2. A 3. C
II.
4. A 5. D
III.
6. D 7. A 8. A 9. A 10. B 11. D 12. B 13. B 14. D 15. A
IV.
16. because 17. Although 18. so 19. but 20. and
V.
21. with 22. of 23. from 24. for 25. at
VI.
26. a -> an
27. such -> so
28. are -> is
29. many -> much
30. getting -> to get
VII.
31. assistant 32. information 33. tasty 34. injury 35. appearance
VIII.
36. B 37. B 38. D 39. A 40. C
IX.
41. It took me three months to accomplish this task.
42. There are a lot of tables in the café.
43. Tokyo doesn’t have as/so many billionaires as New York.
44. Mr. Lam used to live in the country when he was a child.
45. You didn’t remember to turn off the T.V last night, did you?
X.
46. What is the Wingless Penguin about?
47. What time did you go to bed last night?
48. Why did she buy that dictionary?
49. How old will she be on her next birthday?
50. How far is it from your house to the movie theater?
I. Gạch chân câu trả lời đúng (A, B, C hoặc D) và viết câu trả lời đã chọn vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành những câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. What do you do when _________________ warm?
A. there’s
B. there
C. its
D. it’s
2. There is _______________ink-pot on the desk.
A. the
B. a
C. an
D. ø
3. Look ___________ that man. He is looking ____________Jane but Jane isn’t here.
A. for - at
B. at - for
C. at - up
D. for - up
4. This sign says “Stop”. You _______________ go straight ahead.
A. mustn’t
B. must
C. can
D. can not
5. Tom and Tim are _____________ good friends. ____________ are very kind to us.
A. ours - They
B. our - They
C. our - Theirs
D. ours – Them
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân trong các câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. Mr. Hai travels to work by car every morning.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. They often go swimming in the summer.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. My mother needs an apple.
...................................................................................................................................
4. Jane’s sister works in a hospital.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. These students have English on Tuesday and Friday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Chọn từ thích hợp điền vào câu. (2.5 điểm)
work, not eat, speak, sing, watch
1. Listen! The little girl __________________________ in the next room.
2. Erika usually ________________________________ television before going to bed.
3. ____________ the Pikes _______________________ in the garden now?
4. My grandmother _____________________________ meat at all.
5. _____________ you __________________________ any other languages apart from English?
IV. Mỗi câu sau có một lỗi sai. Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng. (2.5 điểm)
1. What would you like buying at the school canteen?
2. She goes shopping always in the afternoon.
3. They have rice, meat and vegetables in lunch.
4. I want some breads and a bottle of milk.
5. The toy-store is to the left the bakery.
V. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ thích hợp để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau. Chữ cái đầu tiên của từ được cho sẵn. (5 điểm)
Herry likes fishing. He fishes in the (1) r____________ near our house. On Sunday (2) a__________________, when he has no (3) w______________, he goes down to the river with a little water and some sandwiches and (4) f_______________ until it is quite dark. (5)T____________ are always a few other (6) p_______________ there. They love fishing, (7) t_____________ , and they all sit there quietly for (8) h______________. Sometimes they catch some fish, (9) s_______________ they do not. I do not like that kind of sport (10) b_________________ I am not very patient.
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu cho trước, bắt đầu bằng những từ gợi ý. (5 điểm)
1. My sister often walks to the supermarket.
=> My sister often goes .........................................................................................
2. Does your class have fifty students?
=> Are ............................................................................................................ ?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at six forty-five.
=> Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a ....................................................................................
4. He is in the bath at the moment.
=> He is .............................. a ..............................................................................
5. What is the price of the tickets ?
=> How much ...................................................................................................... ?
Đáp án
Mỗi câu đúng đựơc 0,5 điểm. Nếu thí sinh chỉ gạch chân mà không viết vào chỗ trống hoặc ngược lại thì chỉ được ½ số điểm.
1. D (it’s) 2. C (an) 3. B (at – for) 4. A (mustn’t) 5. B (our – They)
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân. (2.5 điểm)
Mỗi câu hỏi đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. How does Mr. Hai travel to work every morning?
2. What do they often do in the summer?
3. How many apples does your / my mother need ?
4. Where does Jane’s sister work ?
5. When do these students have English?
III. Điền từ vào chỗ trống
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,5 điểm
1. is singing 2. watches 3. Are …working 4. does not / doesn’t eat 5. Do…. speak
IV. Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng . (2.5 điểm)
Tìm được mỗi lỗi sai được 0,25 điểm. Chữa được lỗi sai đó được 0,25 điểm.
1. buying => to buy 2. goes shopping always => always goes shopping
3. in => for 4. breads => bread / loaves of bread
5. left => left of
V. Điền từ vào chỗ trống. (5 điểm)
Mỗi từ điền đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. river 2. afternoon(s) 3. work 4. fishes 5. There
6. people 7. too 8. hours 9. sometimes 10. because
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu Mỗi câu viết lại đúng được 1 điểm.
1. My sister often goes to the supermarket on foot.
2. Are there fifty students in your class?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a quarter to seven.
4. He is having / taking a bath at the moment.
5. How much do the tickets cost? / How much are the tickets?
I. MULTIPLE CHOICE
Circle the word which has underlined part pronounced differently from the others. (3 points)
1. A. looked B. watched C. carried D. stopped
2. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar
3. A. unite B. underline C. university D. uniform
Circle the odd one out. (2 points)
4. A. realize B. improve C. possible D. comfortable
5. A. important B. especially C. prefer D. influence
Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (12 points)
6. His..............always makes people laugh.
a. Quiet b. sense of humor c. Christmas present d. smiles
7. The way of life in this country is................to that in my country.
a. similar b. the same c. like d. as
8. You have to make ....................children do not play with matches.
a. ensure b. surely c. sure d. ensuring
9. The prince immediately...................the girl.
a. fall in love with b. fell in love with c. fall into love at d. fell into love at
10. Different language..................learn words in different ways.
a. learners b. learner c. people d. person
11. My little brother.................pictures very much.
a. enjoy to draw b. enjoy drawing c. enjoys to draw d. enjoys drawing
12. Some people in the neighborhood are not happy.....................the changes
a. with b. about c. at d. of
13. TV.....................information and entertainment.
a. brings b. takes c. gives d. makes
14. His feet hurt so he has to walk to school.........................
a. on crutch b. on crutches c. on foot d. on feet
15. ...................natural resources? Is it difficult?
a. What about to save b. What about saving
c. How about save d. How about to save
16. Hoa ........................ coins and stamps since she was six.
A. was collecting B. has collected C. collected D. will collect
17. His brother is a ......................boy. He always tells a joke.
A. handsome B. humorous C. sociable D. energetic
Find one mistake A, B, C or D and correct it (3pts)
The boy (A) was enough intelligent (B) to solve (C) that problem (D).
19.The girl helped (A) me with the needlework (B) yesterday is (C) my classmate (D).
20.They asked (A) their friends (B) not play (C) soccer in the road (D).
Read the passage and answer the questions ( 5 pts)
Computing is now at the same stage as printing was when the first printing presses were
used. Before printing presses were invented, only rich people like kings and dukes could
afford to buy books. Often these people were unable to read and hadn’t enough time to learn. In any case, the books were so big that it was difficult for anyone to relax with a book as we do today. They wanted booked because they were expensive and there was something magical about them. Only a few people were able to write, and it took an extremely long time to write a book. Monks and other people who could write said ordinary people could not learn to read.
The position with computers is very similar today. A few years ago, computers were very large and expensive. Business managers and rich people ordered them but they didn’t know how to use them. In many countries, however, the situation has now completely changed. Lots of people not only own microcomputer but also know how to use them.
Questions:
21) What happened before printing presses were invented?
........................................................................................
Why were books wanted before printing presses were invented?
........................................................................................
23) What is common feature of a book and a computer?
........................................................................................
24) What situation has thoroughly changed nowadays?
........................................................................................
25) Is the position with computers very similar now?
.......................................................................................
Read the passage and choose the correct answer A, C, C or D (3pts)
Quang Binh is in the middle of VietNam. It is about 490km from Ha Noi. It is the narrowest province (26)________ the map of Viet Nam. It is East Sea in the East of Quang Binh. This province (27) _____________more than 8.000 km2 and most of the areas are mountains. Quang Binh is (28)_____________for its natural beauty including Son Doong Cave, Nhat Le Beach, Phong Nha- Ke Bang National Park (29) __________ so on. In Dong Hoi, the City of Quang Binh, it is wonderful to (30) _________ Quang Binh Border Gate.
26. A.in B.of C.on D.at
27. A.be B.are C.was D.is
28. A.famous B.good C.nice D.beautiful
29. A.or B.and C.with D.of
30. A.see B.look C.view D.visit
II. WRITING
Rewrite the sentences starting with the given words. (5 pts)
31.It is over two years since they left their homeland.
→They haven’t .......................................................................
32.“How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?” I said
→I asked .................................................................
33.No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival.
→ I............................................................................................
34.The food was too bad for the children to eat.
→The food was so ..............................................................
35. It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity.
→There is no ............................................................................
Reorder the words / phrases to complete the sentences. (3 pts)
36.and/ are/ some/ reading/ her sister/ comic books./ Nana
..........................................................................................
37.fairy tale/ The/ of/ the/ and the Seven Dwarfs”/ is/ main character/ “the Snow
White. / Snow White
..........................................................................................
38.is/ a/ Snow White/ princess./ She/ beautiful/ is/ kind,/ too.
..........................................................................................
Write full sentences using the given words. (2pts)
39. What / mum / going / do / weekend ?.............................................................................................
40. You / ought / go / market / buy / fish / vegetables.
ĐÁP ÁN
I. MULTIPLE CHOICE
1. C 6. B 11. D
2. D 7. A 12. B
3. B 8. C 13. A
4. B 9. B 14. B
5. D 10.A 15. B
16. B 17.B
18.B → intelligent enough
19. A→ helping
20. C→ to play
21. Only kings and dukes had enough money to buy books.
22. Because books were expensive and magical.
23. They were large and expensive at first
24. A person who buys a computer knows how to use it.
25. Yes, it is
26. A
27. D
28. A
29. B
30. D
II. WRITING
31.They haven’t come back their homeland for over two years.
32.I asked Mai how many cars there were in front of her/his house.
33.I wasn’t introduced to newcomers in the festival.
34.The food was so bad that the children couldn’t eat it.
35.There is no point in persuading her to join in that activity.
36. Nana and her sister are reading some comic book.
37. The main character of the fairy tale “ the Snow White and the Seven Dwrafts”
is Snow White.
38. Snow White is a beautiful princess. She is kind, too.
39. What is Mum going to do next weekend?
40. You ought to go to the market to buy fish and vegetables.
I. Multiple choice (30pts).
Circle the odd one out. (2pts)
1 A. province B. gallery C. theatre D. museum
2 A. ancient B. house C. flat D. apartment
Circle the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. (3 pts)
3 A. enough B. ghost C. money D. monkey
4 A. cooks B. tells C. reads D. goes
5 A. singer B. pen C. tent D. never
Circle the best option to complete the sentences. (12pts)
6. My father enjoys .....................chess with Uncle Hung.
A. played B. play C. playing D. to play
7. What ........is she? She is Australian.
A. nation B. nationality C. language D. country
8. Where................she go last summer?
A. was B. were C. does D. did
9. Everest Mountain is much....................than Fuji Mountain.
A. higher B. more higher C. highest D. more highest
10. Why do you like collecting stamps?
A. Because I want to keep in touch with people abroad.
B. I’m attending a stamp club.
C. Because I’m Vietnamese.
D. I think I’m very interesting.
11. How ..........is it from here to your school? It’s about 1 kilometre.
A. long B. far C. near D. often
12. Don’t ride your bike too fast. You may fall off your bike.
A. Yes, I do. B. You are welcome.
C. Ok, I won’t. D. Yes, I will.
13. Can you look .................my cat when I leave on holiday?
A. after B. for C. up D. over
14. There isn’t..............butter in the fridge.
A. some B. little C. any D. many
15. ................do you visit your grandparents? - Once a week.
A. How long B. What time C. when D. How often
16. My brother............ lots of photos last week.
A. take B. took C. taken D. takes
17. She has a..............................…
A. lovely red watch B.red lovely watch
C. watch lovely red D. lovely watch red
There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Find and correct it. (3 pts)
18. I’m (A) very interesting (B) in watching (C) romantic films (D).
19. My brother often (A) goes (B) swim (C) in (D) summer.
20. When I am (A) ten, I used (B) to sing (C) very well (D).
Read the following passage and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (5 pts)
Last summer, Tina and Lucy stayed (21)....................their grandparents’ house by the sea. One hot and sunny morning, Grandmother (22)..........................a picnic and took the girls to the beach. After lunch, Grandmother lay down and opened her book. The girls played skipping on the beach and then made a little castle with some sand. Then Tina saw a strange cave which was near some big, grey rocks at the other end of the beach. The girls quickly ran to it and looked in, but they couldn’t see (23).................................because it was very dark. Lucy said, “ it looks big inside. Come on! I’ll go first.”
Lucy and Tina were playing in the cave when suddenly Lucy said, “ Oh no! I can hear the sea ! it’s coming in to the cave.” They were very afraid, but then Tina felt something wet on her hand. It was a dog’s nose ! the dog was very clever. It showed the girls another way out of the cave and back to the beach.
When they told their Grandmother about the dog, she gave him three biscuits and said, “Well done!” “ we’re hungry too!” the girls said. “ Well,” Grandmother answered, “ you must wait until dinner. It was naughty to go into a (24).........................place like that.” “ We’re very sorry, Grandma!” they said. “ We won’t (25)..........................it again.”
21 A. in B. at C. on D. with
22 A. make B. makes C. made D. maked
23 A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing
24 A. dangerous B. danger C. dangerously D. more dangerous
25 A. to do B. do C. did D. doing
Read the passage and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (5pts)
Yesterday my sister Lucy asked me to order a pizza. She wanted a pizza with four toppings: cheese, pepperoni, ham, and pineapple. I called the pizza place, but they didn’t have any pineapple. Lucy wanted sausage instead. I ordered sausage instead of pineapple. About 40 minutes later, there was a knock on the door. It was the pizza man. He gave me a box of pizza and asked me to pay $20. I also gave him a tip. He thanked and left. Then, we took the pizza to the living room. There was a football game on TV at that time. We watched it and enjoyed the pizza.
What did Lucy want to eat?
an apple
B. a pizza
a sandwich
D. a hamburger
27. What kind of toppings did she want?
A. cheese, fish, ham, and pineapple
B. cheese, pepperoni, ham, and pineapple
C. cheese, pepperoni, ham, and shrimp.
D. cheese, sausage, ham, and squid.
28. How much was the pizza?
A. $200
B. $2
C. $20
D. $22
29. Where did they eat the pizza?
A. In the kitchen
B. In the living room
C. In the bed room
D. In the attic
30. What were they doing while they were eating the pizza?
A. Listening to music
B. Watching a romantic film
C. Playing chess
D. Watching a football game
II. WRITTING (10 pts)
Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning, using the words given. (5pts)
31. Hang is the tallest girl in my class.
No one in my class ___________________________________________
32. My sister sings very well.
My sister is _________________________________________________
33. Living in a big city is very convenient.
It is _______________________________________________________
34. My brother often rides his bike to school.
My brother often goes ________________________________________
35. My younger sister wants to be a flight attendant in the future.
My younger sister would ______________________________________
Complete each of the following sentences with the words or phrases given. (3pts)
36. What/ they/ do/ in the park/ yesterday?
________________________________________________
37. Physics/ be/ one/ favorite/ because/ he/ enjoy/ do/ experiment.
________________________________________________
38. She/ buy/ comic book/ bookshop/ last Wednesday.
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - A; 2 - A; 3 - B; 4 - A; 5 - A;
6 - C; 7 - B; 8 - D; 9 - A; 10 - A;
11 - B; 12 - C; 13 - A; 14 - C; 15 - D
16 - B: 17 - A; 18 - C (interested); 19 - C (swimming); 20 - A (was);
21 - B; 22 - C; 23 - B; 24 - A; 25 - B;
26 - B; 27 - B; 28 - C; 29 - B; 30 - D;
31 - No one in my class is as tall as Hang.
32 - My sister is a very good singer.
33 - It is very convenient to live in a big city.
34 - My brother often goes to school by bike.
35 - My younger sister would like to be a flight attendant in the future.
36 - What did they do in the park yesterday?
37 - Physics is one of his favourite subjects because he enjoys doing experiments.
38 - She bought a comic book from the bookshop last Wednesday.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate word that doesn't belong to the group.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.
Question 5: What book are you read? I'm reading " The Legend of Sword Lake".
A. What
B. are
C. read
D. I’m
Question 6: Mary like reading short stories in English very much. .
A. like
B. reading
C. stories
D. in
Question 7: She goes to the dance club by bus with hers friends on Sunday mornings.
A. dance club
B. hers
C. on
D. mornings
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 8: I like the T-shirt you gave me on my birthday very much.
A. Why do you say that?
B. Yes, certainly. .
C. I’m glad you like it.
D. Never say it again.
Question 9: - Can you buy me some pens on the way home, mum?
A Yes, I will.
B. Why is that?
C. Great idea!
D. Yes, I do
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 10: He should ______ harder for his am.
A. working
B. works
C. work
D. to work
Question 11: Mr Tuan ________ to London last week.
A. fly
B. flied
C. flew
D. flies
Question 12: There are some and some _____ on the arm.
A. sheeps / cows
B. sheep / cow
C. sheep / cows
D. sheeps / cow
Question 13: That is _______ film I have ever watched.
A. most bored
B. the most bored
C. most boring
D. the most boring
Question 14: My dad usually _______ a bath before we have dinner
A. gets
B. take
C. has
D. both B & C
Question 15: English is an _________ subject at school.
A. importance
B. important
C. difficult
D. interested
Question 16: Her mum is _______ than her grandma.
A. thiner
B. thinest
C. thinner
D. thinnest
Question 17: A baby often ______ when his (her) mother goes out.
A. cry
B. crys
C. crying
D. cries
Question 18: My sister usually helps my mom the washing up.
A. make
B. do
C. take
D. help
Question 19: Hung is very to take the exam into Luong The Vinh School
A. confident
B. talkative
C. successful
D. busy
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 20: Her grandparents looked after her when she was a little girl.
A. looked up
B. looked out
C. take care of
D. took up
Question 21: He really wants to join in the game with his classmates.
A. play in
B. take part in
C. start
D. finish
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Dear Quan,
My parents and I are having the best holiday of our life! We are in Vung Tau Beach, one of (22)
beaches in Viet Nam. Although it is smaller than Qui Nhon Beach, and there seems to be more interesting things (23) than in Qui Nhon. In addition, the people here seem to be friendlier than (24) in other cities. (25) in the most modern hotel I have ever been. It's (26) and cool, and many people say at it's the be t hotel in this city.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Beverly Bunn was born in McMinnville, Oregon, on April 12, 1916. She moved to Portland with her family when she was six. When Beverly was a child, she found it difficult to learn reading. But with the help of her mother, she learned to read in 1924. She developed a great love for reading and often visited the local library.
In 1940, Beverly married Clarence Cleary. She decided to become a full-time writer after working as a librarian in the 1940s. Her books are about children and their adventures — subjects she liked reading about when she was a child. Cleary published her first book, Henry Huggins, in 1950. Since then she has published more than 35 books. Her books are published in many different languages. She has won the Newbury Medal three times. The Newbury is a prize for excellent books for children.
Question 27: When did Beverly move to Portland?
A. At the age of 5
B. At the age of 8
C. at the age of 6
D. at the age of 7
Question 28: When did she learn to read?
A. In 1916
B. 1924
C. In 1940
D. In 1950
Question 29: Where did she often read books when she was young?
A. At home
B. In the local library
C. At school
D. In Newbury
Question 30: When did she publish her first book for children?
A Early in her childhood
B. When she was 34
C. In 1940
D When she was 36
Question 31: How many books has Beverly published?
A. Six
B. Twenty
C. Eight
D More than thirty five
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D that completes the sentence from the suggested words or phrases.
Question 32: What / will / weather / like / tomorrow?
A. What will weather like tomorrow?
B. What will the weather like tomorrow?
C. What will the weather is like tomorrow?
D. What will the weather be like tomorrow?
Question 33: Mai / not / like / do aerobics.
A. Mai is not like doing aerobics.
B. Mai is not like to do aerobics.
C Mai do not like doing aerobics.
D. Mai does not like doing aerobics.
Question 34: He / think/ English / be / the / easy / subject / school.
A. He think English is the easy subject at school.
B. He thinks English is the easiest subject at school.
C. He thinks English is the easy subject at school.
D. He thinks English is the easier subject at school.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 35: I am studying hard. I want to have good marks in the next exam.
A.I am studying hard, so I want to have good marks in the next exam.
B. I am studying hard because I want to have good marks in the next exam.
C. I want to have good marks in the next exam, so I'm studying hard.
D Both B&C are correct.
Question 36: His dad is 1.7m tall. His mum is only 1.57m tall.
A. His dad is shorter than his mum.
B. His mum is taller than his dad .
C. His dad is taller than his mum.
D. His dad is longer than his mum.
Question 37: Mrs Huong was ill. She still went to work everyday.
A. Mrs Huong was ill and she still went to work yesterday.
B. Mrs Huong was ill, but she still went to work yesterday.
C. Although Mrs Huong was ill, she still went to work yesterday.
D Both B&C are correct.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
Question 38: It took me an hour to do my homework last night.
A. It took me an hour doing my homework last night.
B. It took me an hour do my homework last night.
C. I spent an hour to do my homework last night.
D. I spent an hour doing my homework last night.
Question 39: Minh likes reading comics, but he likes playing games more.
A. Minh likes reading comics and playing games.
B. Minh likes reading comics, but he doesn't like playing games.
C. Minh prefer reading comics to playing games.
D. Minh prefers playing games to reading comics.
Question 40: Thong is the most talkative boy in my class.
A. No one in my class is talkative than Thong in my class.
B. No one in my class more talkative than Thong in my class
C. No one in my class is as talkative as Thong in my class.
D. No one in my class is as more talkative than Thong in my class.
ĐÁP ÁN
PART I- PHONETICS
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. C
PART II- GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARIES
5. C 6. A 7. B 8.C 9.A 10. C 11.C 12. B
13.D 14. C 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. C 21.B
PART III- READING COMPREHENSION
22. B 23. C 24. C 25. B 26.D 27. C 28. B 29. B 30 . B 31. D
PART IV- WRITING
32. D 33. D 34. B 35. D 36. C 37. D 38.D 39.D 40. C
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A bean B. pea C. meat D. heavy
2. A farm B. bar C. tall D. car
3. A. red B. tent C. end D. forest
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. mountain B. valley C. cave D. club
5. A. rooster B. writer C. gamer D. swimmer
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. Going by train isn’t __________ convenient as going by car.
A. so B. as C. more D. A & B are correct.
7. What __________ lovely living room !
A. a B. an C. the D. -
8. American students take part __________ different activities at recess.
A. at B. on C. to D. in
9. __________ you have a test tomorrow morning?
A. Will B. Do C. Are D. does
10. In London people cheer and sing when the clock __________ midnight on New Year's Eve.
A. gets B. strikes C. see D. goes
11. There is too much noise in this room now. I can’t understand what __________.
A. is the teacher saying B. the teacher is saying
C. the teacher says D. does the teacher say
12. The Nile River is the __________ river in the world, __________ the Amazon is the widest.
A. long - so B. long – because C. longer – but D. longest – but
13. You __________ take all necessary things along with you before you start the trip.
A. should B. shouldn't C. mustn't D. can
14. Many foreign visitors come to Ha Long Bay because of its natural __________.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. pretty D. wonder
15. _________ is the most expensive city in the world? – I think it’s Tokyo.
A. What B. where C. when D. how
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition.
16. Put __________ your warm coat. It’s cold today.
17. If you have a problem, ask __________ help.
18. My children are afraid __________ dogs.
19. Most __________ them are fond __________ fiction books.
20. It's very kind __________ you to help me.
V. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
21. Our team wins in the football match last Friday.
____________________________________________________________
22. How often do you practice play volleyball?
____________________________________________________________
23. His team lost game because his team practiced a lot.
____________________________________________________________
24. Singapore is cleanest city in the world.
____________________________________________________________
25. It spent a long time to travel to the skiing resort but in the end we got there.
____________________________________________________________
VI. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.
26. Should I write “Bristish” or “English” as my __________? NATION
27. We’ve worked together for several months to provide good facilities for __________ people. ABLE
28. Have you ever seen this comedy? It’s really __________. FUN
29. I love action films. They’re very __________. EXCITE
30. Street are decorated with __________ lights and red banners. COLOUR
VII. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D for each of the gaps to complete the following text.
Tra Co Beach in Quang Ninh province is 9 kilometers from Mong Cai. It has the (31) __________ and the most romantic beach in Viet Nam. Tourists can enjoy the (32) __________ of white sand beaches and green sea water all year (33) __________. Visitors can (34) __________ enjoy the sunset or sunrise in Con Mang islet. You can visit Tra Co Communal House, Linh Khanh Pagoda, and Tra Co Church. If tourists want some fresh (35) __________, they can find it from fishing boats. They can take part in "Tra Co Festival" from May 30 to June 6.
31. A. long B. longer C. longest D. much longer
32. A. beauty B. beautiful C. of beauty D. pretty
33. A. over B. long C. round D. longer
34. A. be B. be able C. then D. also
35. A. seafood B. menu C. air D. Water
VIII. Read the passage, and answer the questions.
The Amazon River in South America is an amazing and important river for the planet.
The Amazon River carries more water than any other river in the world. In fact, the Amazon River is responsible for twenty percent of fresh water that flows into the world's oceans.
The Amazon River is the second longest river in the world (the Nile River in Africa is the longest), and about 6,400 km long.
The Amazon River has the largest area of land that flows into the river, and more tributaries than any other river in the world - more than 200 tributaries.
36. How many percentage of fresh water flowing into the world's oceans is the Amazon River responsible for?
____________________________________________________________
37. Does the Amazon River carry more water than any other river in the world? ____________________________________________________________
38. How long is the Amazon River?
____________________________________________________________
39. What is the longest river in the world?
____________________________________________________________
40. How many tributaries does it have?
____________________________________________________________
IX. Make questions for the underlined parts.
41. In 2010, 51,515 people attended Burning Man.
____________________________________________________________
42. 43.The Animals programme is on at 8 o'clock Wednesday night.
____________________________________________________________
43. I sent these letters to my pen pal in Canada.
____________________________________________________________
44. My shoes are eighty thousand dong.
____________________________________________________________
45. His house is about 160 square meters. (how big)
____________________________________________________________
X. Write complete sentences, using the given cues.
46. Most/ people/ Tokyo/ travel/ work/ by train.
____________________________________________________________
47. I/ be/ Sa Pa/ many times/ with/ family.
____________________________________________________________
48. I /not/ go/ school/ yesterday/ because/ I/ ill.
____________________________________________________________
49. Nha Trang/ attract/ lots/ tourists/ because/ it/ most beautiful/ beaches/ Viet Nam.
____________________________________________________________
50. You/ see/ latest Batman film?
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. D 2. C 3. D
II.
4. D 5. A
III.
6. D 7. A 8. D 9. A 10. B 11. B 12. D 13. A 14. A 15. A
IV.
16. on 17. for 18. of 19. of – of 20. of
V.
21. wins -> won
22. playing -> playing
23. because -> although
24. cleanest -> the cleanest
25. spent -> took
VI.
26. nationality
27. disabled
28. funny
29. exciting
30. colourful
VII.
31. C 32. A 33. C 34. D 35. A
VIII.
36. Twenty percent of fresh water.
37. Yes, it does.
38. It is about 6,400 km long.
39. The Nile River in Africa.
40. More than 200 tributaries.
IX.
41. How many people attended Burning Man in 2010?
42. When is the Animals programme on?
43. Who/Whom did you send these letters to?
44. How much are your shoes?
What is the price of your shoes?
How much do your shoes cost?
45. How big is his house?
X.
46. Most people in Tokyo travel to work by train.
47. I have been to Sa Pa many times with my family.
48. I didn’t go to school yesterday because I was ill.
49. Nha Trang attracts lots of tourists because it is the most beautiful beaches in Viet Nam.
50. Have you heard the latest news about the flood in Da Nang?
Mời bạn đoc tham khảo thêm tài liệu thi vào lớp 6 khác nhau như:
Choose the answer to indicate the odd one out in the following question.
Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
Choose the right answer
6. I don’t have _______ money, so I’ll have to wait to get a new coat.
A. a piece of
B. a few
C. much
D. many
7. If you want to enter the race, just fill ____ the form.
A. in
B. on
C. away
D. with
8. Leon never ____ about it, but he was once a world champion skier.
A. talks
B. is talking
C. was talking
D. talk
9. Tania had a _____ breakfast then rode her bike to the pool.
A. short
B. fast
C. quick
D. ready
10. The____ was very friendly. He made me less nervous.
A. examiner
B. examinee
C. examination
D. exam
11. Don’t forget _________ the light before leaving the room.
A. turn off
B. turning off
C. to turn off
D. not to turn off
12. Don't forget to buy five _________ of bread!
A. loaves
B. cans
C. bars
D. bottles
13. I’d like _________ this letter to Ha Noi.
A. to send
B. sending
C. send
D. sends
14. On Monday, we have a _________ English test.
A. forty five-minutes
B. forty five-minute
C. forty-five minutes
D. forty-five minute
15. - “How is your sister now, Suzy?”
- “She is _________”
A. more much worried
B. much worried more
C. much more worried
D. more much worry
16. James comes to visit his cousins, Jimmy, Beth and Tom.
- Tom: “We were wondering if you’d like to go to a baseball game with us. We have an extra ticket.”
- James: "_______"
A. I know! It's by the sea.
B. That’s very kind of you. I’d love to!
C. I don’t have one.
D. You're right.
17. "Can I borrow your English textbook?" - "____"
A. How do you know?
B. Sure.
C. No, I haven’t.
D. I have one.
Choose the word or phrase that is wrong.
18. Electronic dance music are popular with young people all over the world.
A. Electronic dance music
B. are
C. with
D. all over
19. The teacher was pleasing with the result of your examination.
A. The
B. was
C. pleasing
D. of
20. What is the higher mountain in the world?
A. What
B. is
C. higher
D. in
Read the following text and choose the best answer for the questions below.
Books play a very important part 21 our life. It’s true that every family has books. We can 22 books everywhere. We learn many things from books. Books 23 us in education and in many other thing in our life.
Today there are a lot of public 24 in our country and people can borrow them to read there or bring home to read. Each year hundreds of new books for children appear in Vietnam. The books are very 25 and children like reading them very much.
Read and choose the correct answer.
Colour
The first scientist to study colour was Sir Isaac Newton. He was an English scientist who lived from 1642 to 1727. Newton was the first person to divide white light into different colours.
In 1861 another English scientist, James Clerk Maxwell, showed that he could make other colours by mixing the primary colours - red, blue and yellow - in different ways. These other colours are called secondary and tertiary colours.
We make secondary colours by mixing two primary colours together. For example, red and yellow become orange, yellow and blue become green, and blue and red become violet. We make tertiary colours by mixing one primary colour with one secondary colour.
We can make a room look bigger or smaller, hotter or colder by using colour. Green and blue are cold colours. They can also make a room look bigger. Red, orange and yellow are hot colours. They can make a room look smaller.
26. The passage is about ____
A. Sir Isaac Newton.
B. James Clerk Maxwell.
C. primary colours.
D. making colours.
27. The first scientist to study colour was ____.
A. French
B. Thai
C. Vietnamese
D. English
28. Sir Isaac Newton _____
A. mixed the three primary colours.
B. made many secondary colours.
C. found all the tertiary colours.
D. divided white light into different colours.
29. Blue is a _____
A. primary colour.
B. secondary colour.
C. tertiary colour.
D. hot colour.
30. We can use red, yellow or orange to make a room look ____.
A. bigger
B. smaller
C. colder
D. thicker
Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence before.
31. He speaks English very well.
=> He is .........
32. He was delighted to receive his aunt's letter.
=> He was delighted when his ..........
33. Nam is the most intelligent student in our class.
=> No one in our class ..........
34. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
=> People ..........
35. Skating in the winter is interesting.
=> It is ..........
Write a meaningful sentence using the given words.
36. The Browns/ buy/ lot/ food/ because/ they/ go/ have/ party
37. I/ be/ write/ tell/ you/ my holiday/ here/ Ha Long/ now
38. you/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
Rearrange the words in a correct order to make a complete sentence
39. There/ behind/ is/ big/ a/ garden/ Lan's house/ ./
40. you/ a nurse?/ do/ to / become/ like/ why/
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - D; 2 - B; 3 - B; 4 - B; 5 - D;
6 - C; 7 - A; 8 - A; 9 - C; 10 - A;
11 - C; 12 - A; 13 - A; 14 - B; 15 - C;
16 - B; 17 - B; 18 - B; 19 - C; 20 - C;
21 - in; 22 - see; 23 - help; 24 - libraries; 25 - interesting;
26 - D; 27 - D; 28 - D; 29 - A; 30 - B;
31 - He is good at speaking English.
32 - He was delighted that his aunt sent him a letter.
33 - No one in our class is more intelligent than Nam.
34 - People recycle old car tires to make shoes and sandals.
35 - It is interesting to skate in the winter.
36 - The Browns buy a lot of foods because they will have/ are going to have a party.
37 - I am writing to tell you about my holiday in here, Ha Long Bay now.
38 - Are you doing the housework at the moment?
39 - There is a big garden behind Lan's house.
40 - Why do you like to become a nurse?
Mời bạn đoc tham khảo thêm tài liệu thi vào lớp 6 khác nhau như:
Choose the word that is different from the rest in each group.
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
Choose the correct answer.
6. ______ learning means studying through the internet at home instead of going to the class.
A. Visual
B. Online
C. Social
D. Lecture
7. Sarah _____ riding a bicycle now and she doesn’t fall off anymore.
A. is used to
B. get used to
C. used to
D. uses to
8. Even though I have a lot of things to do, I still _____ time for my hobbies.
A. make
B. waste
C. take
D. spend
9. Teaching young children is the _____ thing in Jimmy's life.
A. rewardest
B. most rewarding
C. more rewarding
D. most reward
10. I watched _____ television before going to bed last night.
A. a little
B. few
C. a few
D. many
11. Let's look at the forecast and then decide, _____ we?
A. shall
B. won't
C. can't
D. don't
12. If we lived in a big city, we _____ get access to the Internet easily.
A. can
B. could
C. may
D. shall
13. The meeting was ______ at 4 o'clock.
A. over
B. across
C. through
D. off
14. What do you think about the ______ problems in your city?
A. environment
B. environmentalist
C. environmentally
D. environmental
15. I _______ have lunch in a restaurant near my office as the food is good.
A. seldom
B. usually
C. rarely
D. never
16. “Have a nice weekend.”
- “_____”
A. Thank you. Hope you are well.
B. Not bad what about you?
C. Thanks. The same to you!
D. Sorry, I'm at home.
17. Annie: “Would you bother if I had a look at your paper?”
Tom: “_______”
A. You’re welcome!
B. Well, actually I’d rather you didn’t!
C. That’s a good idea!
D. Oh, I didn’t realize that!
Choose the underlined part that needs correction.
18. Many successful film directions are former actors who desire to expand their experience in the film industry.
A. successful
B. film directions
C. former
D. expand
19. Spanish is the only course that it is not offered in the summer term, but there are several classes offered in the fall.
A. the only course
B. it
C. several
D. offered
20. Would you mind turn on the lights, please? It’s too dark for me to read.
A. Would
B. turn on
C. too dark
D. to read
Read and choose the correct answer.
HAPPY FAMILY?
My house must be the 21 in the neighbourhood. We are always falling out about what we are going to watch on the television. My sister likes to see her favourite singers and actors talking about themselves so she prefers watching 22 shows. My brother doesn't like anything serious in life. He just wants to laugh all the time so he watches 23 . My parents believe that TV should be educational so they say that we should watch documentaries. From the moment the television is turned on, everybody starts shouting. It's impossible to 24 a solution we're all happy with. Sometimes, it makes me feel so depressed! However for the past month, this has all changed. This is because the whole family has been watching the holiday programmes. Now we are arguing about which holiday 25 we want to visit! We can't agree on anything. How can the same family have so many different personalities?
Read the passage and answer the questions.
“Follow me. I know a shortcut,” Danny said.
Carl held back. “I don’t think that’s a good idea,” he said. He was used to his brother looking for easy ways to do things. Danny slept on the floor so he didn’t have to make his bed. And now he had found a shortcut from the store to their grandmother’s house.
They were visiting for the Thanksgiving weekend. The block around her house was familiar. It was just four blocks from the store, with a turn on one corner. Between the store and the house was a junkyard. It was a dirty place with old cars and sofas piled in heaps. There was a fence around it. But nobody seemed to own it or to care about it.
“Come on!” Danny said. “Don’t be chicken!” Carl hated it when he called him a chicken. But he felt he had to keep an eye on his brother. It’s what he had been doing his whole life, even though Danny was a year older.
They pushed aside a broken part of the fence and walked through the mud. Danny hopped onto the springs of a discarded bed. His foot got stuck. He had to take off his shoe to free it. Then he saw something interesting on the ground. It looked like a silver dollar, but it turned out to be just a bottle cap. Danny tossed a flat football to Carl. He filled his pockets with all sorts of finds. A piece of blue glass. A soggy picture of a dog. Four pennies. While Danny studied the ground, Carl was looking at the sky. “It’s getting late,” he said. Finally, they reached the other side. There, the fence was strong and high. There was no way to climb over it. So, they had to run-fast-back to where they’d started.
26. What is the theme of the passage?
A. Watching out for danger
B. It is important to be kind to your brother.
C. The value of things.
D. Taking a shortcut can be an adventure.
27. Which of the following does not support the theme?
A. Danny saw a bottle cap on the ground.
B. The shortcut lead to a junk yard.
C. There was no way out of the junkyard.
D. Danny wanted to take a shortcut.
28. What is the problem in this story?
A. The shortcut took more time than Danny planned.
B. Danny called Carl a chicken.
C. Carl is always watching out for Danny.
D. Danny wanted to take a shortcut.
29. Carl seemed _____.
A. mean.
B. cautious.
C. adventurous.
D. boring.
30. At the end, Danny and Carl ______.
A. kept taking the shortcut
B. succeed in taking the shortcut
C. couldn't reach their grandmother's house
D. turned back to where they had started
Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence before.
31. Do you enjoy listening to music?
=> Are you interested .........?
32. Do you know the man who sat next to me at Nam's birthday party last night?
=> You know .........?
33. We were late for school because of the heavy rain.
=> Because it ..........
34. It’s two years since I last spoke to her.
=> I haven’t .........
35. Nga spends 4 hours a day practicing English with her friends.
=> It takes .........
Make a complete sentence using the given words.
36. The Government/ require/ people/ stay/ home/ because/ COVID-19
37. There is/ a little/ milk/ left/ fridge/ so/ we/ have/ go/ supermarket/ buy
38. I/ not/ think/ the exam/ easy/ enough/ me/ have/ a chance/ passing
Rearrange the words in a correct order to make a complete sentence
39. like/ a professional entertainer. / the amazing/ sing and dance/ ability/ The young girl/ has/ to/
40. waste/ Let's/ start/ not/ the meeting/ so as/ anytime./ to/
Choose the word whose main-stressed syllable is different from the rest.
Dạng bài Tìm từ tiếng Anh có trong âm khác đòi hỏi các em học sinh lớp 5 phải nắm chắc các quy tắc đánh trọng âm cơ bản trong tiếng Anh. Đề luyện tập tiếng Anh gồm những từ vựng tiếng Anh cơ bản giúp các em áp dụng quy tắc đã học và xác định trọng âm của từ một cách dễ dàng.
1. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel
2. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity
3 A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit
4. A. importing B. specific C. impolite D. important
5. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is different from the rest in pronunciation.
Dạng bài Tìm từ có phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác giúp các em kiểm tra kiến thức Ngữ âm tiếng Anh cơ bản của các em học sinh cơ bản. Trong bài tập này các em học sinh bắt buộc phải ghi nhớ cách phát âm chuẩn của đề bài và chọn ra đáp án đúng.
6. A. tourist B. anxious C. delicious D. famous
7. A. university B. unit C. discuss D. computer
8. A. fat B. festival C. grand D. man
9. A. rub B. surrounding C. plumber D. husk
10. A. helped B. worked C. asked D. cleaned
III. Recorder the words to form sentences.
Dạng bài trắc nghiệm Sắp xếp những từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh yêu cầu các em học sinh phải nắm chắc Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh cơ bản về Trật tự từ trong câu.
11. between/ is/ it/ the/ stadium/ the/ supermarket/ and
a. it is the between stadium and the supermarket.
b. it is between the stadium and the supermarket.
c. is it between the stadium and the supermarket
d. it is the stadium between and the supermarket.
12. at/ cinema/ is/ the/ end/ of/ street/ the
a. the cinema is of the end at the street.
b. the cinema is at the end of the street.
c. at the cinema is the end of the street.
d. the end of the street is at the cinema.
12. folk tales/ I/ because/ love/ each of them/ me/ gives/ in life./ a lesson
a. because I love folk tales each of them gives me a lesson in life.
b. I love each of them because folk tales gives me a lesson in life.
c. I love folk tales because each of them gives me a lesson in life.
d. I love a lesson each of them gives me because folk tales in life.
13. How long / to / it / take/ you / get / to school /?/ does /
a. How long does it to take you get to school?
b. How long does you take to get to it school?
c. How long it does take you to get to school?
d. How long does it take you to get to school?
14. Marie Curie / in / born / Poland / 1867/ was / in/.
a. Marie Curie born in Poland was in 1867.
b. Marie Curie was born in Poland in 1867.
c. Marie Curie born was in Poland in 1867.
d. Marie Curie was in born Poland in 1867.
15. We ought / use/ cloth bags/ instead / reusing / of / plastic bags. / to /
a. We ought use to cloth bags instead reusing of plastic bags.
b. We ought to use cloth bags instead of reusing plastic bags.
c. We ought to reusing cloth bags instead of use plastic bags.
d. We ought to cloth bags instead use of reusing plastic bags.
16. He / interested / buying / new / house / isn’t / a / in / .
a. He isn’t interested in buying a new house.
b. He isn’t buying in a new interested house.
c. Isn’t he interested in buying a new house.
d. He isn’t interested buying in a new house.
17. I / playing badminton / Nam / when / my friends / came / with / was / .
a. I came with Nam when my friends was playing badminton.
b. I playing badminton with Nam when my friends was came.
c. I was playing badminton when Nam with my friends came.
d. I was playing badminton with Nam when my friends came.
18. We / having / wonderful/ time / a / moment / the / at / SaPa. / are/ in
a. We are having a time wonderful at the moment in Sapa.
b. We are having time a wonderful in the moment at Sapa.
c. We are having a wonderful time in the moment at Sapa.
d. We are having a wonderful time at the moment in Sapa.
19. Could / give / me / information / ? / you / some
a. Could you give me some information?
b. Could me give you some information?
c. You could give me some information?
d. Could you give some information me?
20. I / bored / doing / with / same thing / the / day after day / am / .
a. I bored with doing the same thing are day after day.
b. I am bored doing with the same thing day after day.
c. I am bored with doing the same thing day after day.
d. I am bored with the same thing day after day doing.
IV. Choose the best answer.
Dạng bài Chọn đáp án đúng hoàn thành câu là môt trong những dạng bài tập tiếng Anh thường gặp trong các đề kiểm tra tiếng Anh cơ bản. Bài tập tiếng Anh này đòi hỏi học sinh phải có lượng kiến thức Từ vựng - Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh nhất định.
21. She ................ doing aerobics now.
A. are B. does C. is D. has
22. Lan: “........... are you doing, Mai?” – Mai: “I’m reading books.”
A. What B. Who C. Which D. When
23. We............. in our present house for 5 years.
A. live B. have lived C. are living D. lived.
24. She went to market without................ anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
25. Since we have to be there by 8.30, we................ take a taxi.
A. had better B. may C. ought D. are able to
26. I’ve never seen such an interesting ..............
A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed
27. The new shopping mall is quite ..............the present shopping area.
A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar
28. Are you proud................your country and its tradition ?
A. about B. on C. of D. for
29. Do you collect stamps or other things ?- Yes, I am a stamp.............
A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection
30. Your mother is beautiful. She has ...............................................
A. long straight black hair B. straight long black hair
C. black long straight hair D. hair long straight black
31. The singers were at the microphone at the time of the broadcast. ....................... .
A. It was a successful broadcast C. It was a charity broadcast
B. It was an education broadcast D. It was a live broadcast
32. ........................... , Sir? - Fruit salad, please.
A. What would you like for dessert B. What dessert you would like
C. How would you like for dessert D. How dessert would like
33. Wait a minute I want to .................. a picture of you and the baby.
A. take B. give C. make D. do
34. Airmail is much ................... than surface mail.
A. expensive B. very expensive C. more expensive D. most expensive
35. No one can make me ......... my mind ?
A. change B. changing C. to change D. changed
36. What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It ............. good ?
A. Makes B. feels C. smells D. tastes
37. This is my book and ......................... .
A. that are yours B. those are your
C. that are your D. those are yours
38. Lan's got dark hair, but ..................... is fair.
A. his brother's hair B. his brother hairs
C. his brother hair D. his brother hair's
39. What's your birthday, Ann ? - It's ........................ .
A. on the thirty-one of July B. on the thirty-first of July
C. on July the thirty-one D. in July the thirty-first
40. Tommy is a better swimmer than Tony.
A. No one can swim as well as Tommy and Tony.
B. Tommy is the best swimmer of all, apart from Tony.
C. Tony can’t swim so well as Tommy.
D. Tony can’t be better than Tommy.
41. Christine finds it easy to make friends.
A. It is easy to make friends to Christine
B. Christine has no difficulty making friends.
C. Christine has a lot of friends.
D. Christine is fond of making friends.
42. She started learning English 3 years ago.
A. She started learning English 3 years.
B. She has learnt English for 3 years.
C. She started learning English since 3 years.
D. She learnt English since 3 years.
43. Walking a mile a day is good exercise.
A. It is good exercise for walking a mile a day.
B. It is good exercise walking a mile a day.
C. It is good exercise to walk a mile a day.
D. It is good exercise to walking a mile a day.
44. Helen is my aunt’s daughter so she is my.................................
c. sister b. cousin c. niece d. friend
45. His....................always makes people laugh.
a. quiet character b. sense of humor c. smiles d. humorous
46. The window ............................ last night has been repaired.
a. break b. breaked c. broken d. breaking
47. This is a contest in which people have to arrange flowers so it’s a ....................contest.
a. flower- arranging b. flowers- arranging
c. arranging- flower d. flower-arrange
48. Children who don’t have parents often live in a
....................................
a. hotel b. house c. orphanage d. hostel
49. It took him ages to ..................... living in the new town.
a. get use to b. be used to c. will used to d. will use to
50. ..................is a large piece of furniture where you can hang your clothes.
a. Wardrobe b. Refrigerator c. Desk d. Counter.
51. I would rather you ...................me the story.
a. tell b. told c. to tell d. telling
52. “ War and Peace” ........................ the longest book I have ever read.
a. are b. was c. were d. is
53. As she was running, suddenly she stumbled ......................a rock and
fell.............
a. at/ off b. in/ out c. over/ down d. of/ down
54. That’s a ...................... building.
a. five- floor b. five- floors c. five- floor’s d. five- floors’
55. She helped me ................... the house.
a. to clean b. cleaning c. clean d. both a and c
V. Reading
Read the text and questions below. Choose the correct answer.
Dạng bài Đọc đoạn văn tiếng Anh và lựa chọn câu trả lờ đúng kiểm tra khả năng đọc - hiểu tiếng Anh của em học sinh. Đoạn văn tiếng Anh ngắn với đủ các dạng câu hỏi như: Câu hỏi ý chính đoạn văn, câu hỏi từ vựng, …
In the first year of lower secondary held I had some difficulties in learning English. My English pronunciation was really bad and my English grammar was worse.
I did not know how to improve them. I didn’t want my father and mother to know about
this. One afternoon after the lesson, my teacher of English told me to wait for her outside
the classroom. She took me to the school library and showed me tapes of pronunciation
drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told me how to use an English- English dictionary to improve my English grammar. “Now I think you know what you should do” she said. I made much progress and only one year later, I won the first prize in the English Speaking Contest held for secondary school students in my hometown.
56. What difficulties did Nam have in learning English in the first year?
A. The pronunciation
B. The grammar
C. Both pronunciation and grammar
D. The way of improving his pronunciation
57. Who wanted to meet him one afternoon after the lesson?
A. His teacher
B. One of his friends
C. His father
D. His mother
58. Where did Nam and his teacher go after that?
A. to the town library
B. to the school library
C. to the teachers’ room
D. to his house
59. What did the teacher show him then?
A. A glass bookcase
B. An English-English dictionary
C. An English Grammar book
D. Cassettes of pronunciation drills
60. What did he win in the English Speaking Contest one year later?
A. The first prize
B. The second prize
C. The third prize
D. The fourth prize
ĐÁP ÁN
1- D 31- D
2- B 32- A
3- A 33- A
4- C 34- C
5- D 35- A
6- A 36- C
7- C 37- D
8- B 38- A
9- B 39- B
10- D 40- C
11- B 41- B
12- B 42- B
13- C 43- C
14- D 44- B
15- B 45- B
16- A 46- C
17- D 47- A
18- D 48- C
19- D 49- B
20- C 50- A
21- C 51- B
22- A 52- D
23- B 53- C
24- D 54- A
25- A 55- C
26- C 56- C
27- A 57- A
28- C 58- B
29- B 59- D
30- B 60- A
I. Circle the word that contains a different sound in the underlined part. (0.5 pt)
Example:
II. Odd one out. (0.5 pt)
Example:
III. Circle the best answer to complete these sentences. (3 pts)
Example: 0. This city is famous _____________ its beauty and peace.
A. with
B. about
C. at
D. for
1. The story is not interesting. It means that the story is ___________.
A. excited
B. exciting
C. bored
D. boring
2. ___________ is good for your health. Please take plenty of it.
A. Fast food
B. Salad
C. Wine
D. Sugar
3. Tom and his classmates_______ a lot of photos on their trip to the countryside.
A. took
B. are taken
C. has taken
D. takes
4. My friend___________ a cycle helmet when he ___________his bike.
A. don’t wear - was falling off
B. didn’t wear - felt off
C. wasn’t wearing - fell off
D. wasn’t wearing - was falling off
5. - Mike: “Are you ready, Peter?”
- Peter: “__________.”
A. I agree
B. Not yet!
C. Here it is
D. You are welcome
6. - Alex: “Would you like ___________ milk?”
- Amy: “Yes, please. But only ___________.”
A. any - any
B. some - a little
C. a - a few
D. some - some
7. The person who helps your pets become better is a ____________.
A. vet
B. journalist
C. boss
D. doctor
8. Which notice says this: “Children do not have to pay.”
A. Mind your head
B. Adult $25. Under 12s FREE
C. Open 24 hours a day
D. Shoes repaired while you wait.
9. - Mary: “Have a chocolate”
- Jenny: “___________. I don’t like chocolate.”
A. No, please
B. No, thanks
C. Yes, I want
D. Yes, thanks.
10. A lot of people in China’s Wu Han city have died ___________ the outbreak of COVID-19.
A. because of
B. because
C. thanks to
D. despite
11. - Husband: “How did the thieves _______?”
- Wife: “They broke a window at the back of the house.”
A. enter in
B. get in
C. get
D. get on
12. We will have an English test ___________ Monday morning next week.
A. in
B. at
C. on
D. X
IV. Read the dialogue and choose the best answer. Write a letter (A-F) for each answer.
(2pts)
Clare: (0) __E__. Do you want to go to the park after school?
Luke: (1) _______________. I have got a Math test tomorrow.
Clare: (2) _______________.
Luke: Yeah.
Clare: What about Saturday? (3) _______________.
Luke: No, I’m not. Why? What are you doing?
Clare: I am going to the shopping center if you want to come.
Luke: (4) ____________. Text me on Saturday morning. Ok?
A. Are you busy then?
B. Sounds great.
C. No, sorry, Clare. I can’t.
D. That’s a pity.
E. Hey, Luke.
F. Yes, of course, Clare.
V. Read the passage and choose the best word (A, B, C, or D) for each space. (2 pts)
Nowadays, (0) _______ England, tea is quite the most popular, and also (1) _______ of all
drinks. People drink their tea in different ways. Some like it with sugar, some (2) _______. Some drink it with milk, some with lemon; yet, one way or another just about everyone drinks tea. This, however, has not always been the case.
During the last century, when tea was very expensive, people kept tea locked up, and the
lady of the house had the (3) _______. Then tea drinking was quite a ceremony, and it was reserved for the evenings. At breakfast everyone (4) _______ beer!
Example: 0. A. In B. At C. For D. On
VI. Read the text about an unusual school then do the tasks. (4 pts)
Summerhill is a boarding school in south-east England. It’s a school with a difference because the teachers don't make the rules - the students make them.
Breakfast is from 8.00 until 9.00 and lessons start at 9.30. Holly is a student here - she likes
lessons. She is studying many subjects. Ivan is a student here, too. He isn't interested in lessons and he can play all day if he wants.
At 12.30 it's lunchtime, and the students and teachers eat together. There are three choices
of meal: one with meat, a vegetarian option and a salad bar, too.
At 1.45 there's a class meeting. The students and teachers talk about problems and they can
change school rules in this meeting. Then there are free-time activities: orchestra practice, drama group or sport.
Ivan goes shopping in town. Holly plays the violin with the orchestra. At 5.30 it's dinner
time. After dinner students chat and do homework. Younger children go bed before 9.30, but older children can go to bed when they want.
So that's a day Summerhill. Do you think school is better when the students make the rules?
A. Read the text again then write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS to complete each
sentence about the text. (2 pts)
Example: 0. At Summerhill the students make the _____________rules___________.
1. Lessons at Summerhill start after __________________________________________.
2. Ivan doesn’t like doing __________________________________________________.
3. At lunchtime the students ______________________________________ the teachers.
4. Students can take part in some __________________________________ after school.
B. Read the text then match sentence halves 1-4 with A-D and write the answers. (2 pts)
Answers
Example: 0 - E
VII. Read and write: Read the advertisement then complete Alex’s notes. (2 pts)
VIII. Rearrange the given words to make up meaningful sentences. (2 pts)
Example: you / did / yesterday/ go/ Where?
- Where did you go yesterday?.............
1. Mrs. Tam / care / in / of / sick / takes / children / a / hospital / .
__________________________________________________
2. cooking / many / Sarah / so / books / she / has / , / loves / cook / . /
__________________________________________________
3. arrived / a.m / camping / the / about / We / site / at / at / 10 / . /
__________________________________________________
4. COVID-19 / one / died / yet / has / in / We / that / no / Vietnam / are / of / happy / . /
____________________________________________________
IX. Rewrite these sentences using the words given in the capital. (2 pts)
Example: I love English very much. INTERESTED
I’m really interested in English.
1. During the class meeting, we were talking about how to keep fit. HAVING
While we ________________________________________
2. It took George two hours to do his homework. SPENT
George ____________________________________________
3. Nhung’s parents don’t allow her to stay up late. IS
Nhung ____________________________________________
4. Lomonosov school is the best one I have ever known. BETTER
I have never ____________________________________
X. Write a short paragraph (5 - 6 sentences) to talk about your favorite food. (2 pts)
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. neighbor B. favorite C. culture D. tourist
2. A. hobby B. hour C. hotel D. hot
3. A. put B. adult C. junk D. sun
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. well B. sick C. healthy D. fit
5. A. live B. smile C. sleep D. happy
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. Marie is not __________ intelligent __________ her sister.
A. more/as B. so/so C. so/as D. the/of
7. The Sears Tower is __________ building in Chicago.
A. taller B. the more tall C. the tallest D. taller and taller
8. Many young people enjoy __________ community service.
A. do B. to do C. doing D. does
9. __________is your telephone number?
A. When B. Which C. What D. How
10. Her birthday is __________ Friday, August 20th.
A. at B. on C. in D. of
11. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just __________, please.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
12. The teacher wants __________ stay here after school.
A. that you B. for you C. you to D. you
13. My neighborhood is great for outdoor activities __________ it has beautiful parks, sandy beaches and fine weather.
A. because B. so vì thế C. but D. and
14. In the cinema we __________ eat or drink anything.
A. must B. should C. shouldn't D. can
15. "__________" - "It's one of the most beautiful beaches in the world."
A. What is My Khe Beach in Da Nang like?
B. What does My Khe Beach in Da Nang look like?
C. How does My Khe Beach in Da Nang look?
D. What does My Khe Beach in Da Nang like?
IV. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
16. While we were on holiday, we were spending most of our time sightseeing.
____________________________________________________________
17. Paul listened to his iPod, so he didn’t hear the doorbell ring.
____________________________________________________________
18. He is a most intelligent student in our class.
____________________________________________________________
19. Your new car is more cheaper than John’s.
____________________________________________________________
20. He left college when he is 17.
_________________________________________________________
V. Give the correct form of the words.
21. You should stay ___ _______. (health)
22. How ___ _______ is the river? (length)
23. Lan was absent from class because of her __________. (sick)
24. He has a bad cold. He feels very _________. (pleasant)
25. I have an __________ with my doctor at 5 p.m. (appoint)
VI. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct verb form. Chia động tưf
26. He (have) _ _________ dinner when his friend called.
27. She (cook) _ _________ at the moment. That’s why she can’t answer the phone.
28. Jane (leave) _________ just a few minutes ago.
29. She (be) __ ________ extremely quiet since her husband died.
30. A: Do you know that Mrs. Janet _has worked_________ (work) here for sixteen years?
B: I thought she ____started______ (start) working here ten years ago.
VII. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D for each of the gaps to complete the following text.
Tokyo, the capital of Japan, is a big city. The city is filled with factories, large office buildings, banks, restaurants, and shops of all sizes. It is a (31) __________ for Japanese art, and is home to more than 100 colleges and universities. The city is (32) __________ an important seaport. Most Japanese companies have (33) __________main offices in Tokyo. At the heart of Tokyo is the Imperial Palace. This is the place (34) __________ the Emperor of Japan lives with his family. Tokyo is one of the world's biggest and most crowded (35) __________.
31. A. house B. city C. center D. capital
32. A. and B. also C. but D. so
33. A. its B. their C. theirs D. some
34. A. what B. where C. which D. for
35. A. city B. a city C. cities D. the cities
VIII. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Ba Be Lake is the largest lake in Viet Nam. It is a mountainous area, nearly 250 km from Ha Noi. When you get to the entrance of Ba Be National Park, you have another 16 kilometre drive through the park to arrive at the small village "Pac Ngoi" of Tay Minority You can stay overnight in a local stilt house.
The next day you can get on your boat and have a trip on Ba Be Lake. You can enjoy the wonder landscape. During the boat trip can visit some caves and the Dau Dang Waterfall. You can also watch the local communities with their daily life.
36. What is Ba Be Lake?
____________________________________________________________
37. Where is it?
____________________________________________________________
38. How can we visit the small village "Pac Ngo" of Tay Minority?
____________________________________________________________
39. What can we visit during the boat trip on Ba Be Lake?
____________________________________________________________
40. What can we watch the local communities?
____________________________________________________________
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. Tim is better at English than Susan.
à Susan isn’t _______________________________________________
42. We spent five hours getting to London.
à It took ___________________________________________________
43. Listening to music gives him pleasure.
à He enjoys ________________________________________________
44. She is more beautiful than her younger sister.
à Her _____________________________________________________
45. They began studying English in 2004.
à They ____________________________________________________
X. Make questions with the underlined words or phrases.
46. It’s five kilometers from our house to the mountain.
____________________________________________________________
47. The show lasts two hours and a half.
____________________________________________________________
48. Watching too much TV is not good because it hurts your eyes.
____________________________________________________________
49. Both parents and their children enjoy the programme.
____________________________________________________________
50. Mr. Cuong did morning exercises at 5.30 yesterday.
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. D 2. B 3. A
II.
4. B 5. D
III.
6. C 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. B 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. C
IV.
16. were spending -> spent
17. listened -> was listening
18. a -> the
19. bỏ more
20. is -> was
V.
21. healthy
22. long
23. sickness
24. unpleasant
25. appointment
VI.
26. was having
27. is cooking
28. left
29. has been
30. has been working / has worked – started
VII.
31. C 32. B 33. B 34. B 35. C
VIII.
36. Ba Be Lake is the largest lake in Viet Nam.
37. It is nearly 250 km from Ha Noi.
38. When you get to the entrance of Ba Be National Park, you have another 16 kilometre drive through the park to arrive at the small village "Pac Ngo" of Tay Minority.
39. You can visit some caves and the Dau Dang Waterfall.
40. You can also watch the local communities with their daily life.
IX.
41. Susan isn’t so/as good at English as Tim.
42. It took us five hours to get to London.
43. He enjoys listening to music.
44. Her younger sister isn’t so/as beautiful as her.
45. They have studied English since 2004.
X.
46. How far is it from your house to the mountain?
47. How long does the show last?
48. Why isn’t watching too much TV good?
49. What do both parents and their children enjoy?
50. What time did Mr. Cuong do morning exercises yesterday?
Part 1. Look and read. Choose the correct words and write them on the lines.
Đây là Dạng bài Tìm từ vựng tiếng Anh có định nghĩa tiếng Anh phù hợp. Loạt từ vựng tiếng Anh dưới đây thuộc chủ đề Family Members: Thành viên trong gia đình giúp các em học sinh kiểm tra vốn từ vựng của bản thân theo chủ đề nhất định hiệu quả.
A male sibling
2. No longer married
3. A male parent
4. A male child
5. A female child
6. A son of your sister or brother, or a son of the sister or brother of your husband or wife
Part 2. Choose the best correct answer to complete the sentence.
Dạng bài Chọn đáp án đúng hoàn thành câu là môt trong những dạng bài tập tiếng Anh thường gặp trong các đề kiểm tra tiếng Anh cơ bản. Bài tập tiếng Anh này đòi hỏi học sinh phải có lượng kiến thức Từ vựng - Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh nhất định.
1. Are you interested...........playing badminton after class?
A. in
B. with
C. on
D. for
2. " What.........going to Hanoi tomorrow? "
A. to
B. in
C. about
D. for
3. Hoa works very..........so she always gets good marks.
A. badly
B. good
C. Hardly
D. hard
4. The building was built .........1962 and 1969.
A. between
B. from
C. since
D. for
5. This school..........in 1997
A. built
B. is built
C. was built
D. has built
6. Of all my friends, Hoa is.............
A. the tallest
B. the most tallest
C. taller
D. more taller
7. Would you mind if I...............a photo ?
A. take
B. took
C. would take
D. am going to take
8. Last week I ...............my children to the biggest zoo in town.
A. got
B. brought
C. fetch
D. took
9. Are you proud................your country and its tradition ?
A. about
B. on
C. of
D. for
10. Do you collect stamps or other things ? - Yes, I am a stamp.............
A. collecting
B. collector
C. collect
D. Collection
Part 3. Read the conversation and choose the best answer. Write letter A-H for each answer.
Dạng bài Điền câu thích hợp hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại tiếng Anh dưới đây giúp các em học sinh luyện phản xạ tiếng Anh trong giao tiếp hiệu quả.
Hoa: Hello Ann.
Ann: Hi, Hoa. (1)______________________________.
Hoa: Nice to meet you, too.
Ann: What do you often do in the morning?
Hoa: (2)________________________________.
Ann: Do you usually read books in the morning?
Hoa: Yes. (3)________________________________.
Ann: How often do you go to the library?
Hoa: (4)_____________________. How about you? (5)___________________?
Ann: I go there once a week.
Hoa: (6)_______________________.
Ann: OK. Bye.
Part 4. Read and choose a word from the box. Write the correct word next to numbers 1-6.
Dạng bài Điền từ thích hợp vào đoạn văn tiếng Anh giúp các em học sinh rèn luyện phương pháp điền từ vào đoạn văn hiệu quả cũng như cách xác định từ loại tiếng Anh chính xác tại mỗi chỗ trống.
It was the first lesson after the summer holidays at Bills school. The lesson was (1)______the seasons of the year. “There are four (2) ______ in a year." said the teacher. “They are spring, summer, autumn and winter. In spring it is warm and everything (3) ______to grow. In (4) ______ it is hot and there are (5) ______flowers in the fields and gardens. In autumn there are many vegetables and fruit. Everybody likes to eat fruit. In winter it is (6)_______ and it often rains. Sometimes there is snow on the ground”.
Part 5. Read the passage and answer the following questions by choosing A,B,C or D.
Dạng bài Đọc đoạn văn tiếng Anh và lựa chọn câu trả lờ đúng kiểm tra khả năng đọc - hiểu tiếng Anh của em học sinh. Đoạn văn tiếng Anh ngắn với đủ các dạng câu hỏi như: Câu hỏi ý chính đoạn văn, câu hỏi từ vựng, …
The search for alternative sources of energy has led in various directions. Many communities are burning garbage and other biological waste products to produce electricity. Converting waste products to gases or oil is also an efficient way to dispose
of waste.
Experimental work is being done to derive synthetic fuels from coal, oil shale and coal tars. But to date, that process has proven expensive. Other experiments are underway to harness - power with giant windmills. Geothermal power, heat from the earth, is also
being tested.
Some experts expect utility companies to revive hydroelectric power derived from streams and rivers. Fifty years ago hydroelectric power provided one third of the electricity used in the United States, but today it supplies only four percent. The oceans are another potential source of energy. Scientists are studying ways to convert the energy
of ocean currents, tides, and waves to electricity. Experiments are also underway to make use of the temperature differences in ocean water to produce energy.
1. Which is the best title of the passage?
A. Efficient Ways of Disposing of Waste
B. The Use of Water Productions for Energy
C. The Search for Alternative Sources of Energy
D. New Discoveries in Geothermal Power
2. In the second paragraph, the phrase “synthetic fuels” could best be replaced by which
of the following?
Biological fuels
B. Low burning fuels
C. Fast burning fuels
D. Artificial made fuels
3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage as an alternative source of
energy?
Burning of garbage
B. Geothermal power
Synthetic fuels
D. Electricity
4. According to the author, the impracticability of using coal, oil shale and coal tars as
sources of energy is due to ___________ .
their being time consuming
their being money consuming
the scarcity of sources
D. the lack of technology their being money consuming
5. The word “it” in the last paragraph refers to ____.
A. alternative source
B. the United States
C. hydroelectric power
D. Electricity
Part 6. Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same.
Dạng bài Viết lại câu tiếng Anh gồm chuyên đề Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh cơ bản như: Câu bị động, Câu trực tiếp - gián tiếp; Cấu trúc với chủ ngữ giả It; … kiểm tra khả năng vận dụng lý thuyết vào thực tế bài tập hiệu quả.
1.People believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
→ 13 is ..........................................................
2. “How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?”
→ I asked .................................................................
3.No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival.
→ I ............................................................
4.The food was too bad for the children to eat.
→ The food was so .................................
5.It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity.
→ There is no ...................................
6. Skating in the winter is interesting.
→ It .................................................................................................................…
Part 7. Traditional Tet Holiday in Vietnam plays a very important role in cutural
life. In about 80-100 words, write about Tet holiday in Vietnam.
ĐÁP ÁN
Part 1:
1. brother 4. son
2. divorced 5. daughter
3. father 6. nephew
Part 2:
1- A 6- A
2- C 7- B
3- D 8- D
4- A 9- C
5- C 10- B
Part 3:
1- F 4- B
2- C 5- D
3- E 6- A
Part 4:
1. about
2. seasons
3. begins
4. summer
5. a lot of
6. cold
Part 5:
1-C
2- D
3- D
4- B
5- C
Part 6:
13 is believed to be an unlucky number..
2.I asked Mai how many cars there were in front of her/his house.
3.I wasn’t introduced to newcomers in the festival.
4.The food was so bad that the children couldn’t eat it.
5.There is no point in persuading her to join in that activity.
6. It is interesting to skate in the winter.
Part 7:
Lunar New Year or Tet is a biggest traditional festival in Viet Nam. It is held in late January and early February. It's the time when family members reunite and celebrate the occasion together. Tet's preparation lasts many weeks. One or Two days before Tet, people make chung cake and Tet cake. Every one is busy buying new clothes, cleaning and decorating their houses and cooking some traditional food such as: jam, picked onion, gio, spring roll, frozen meet,..., Home is often decorated with plants and flowers at this time with peach blossom or apricot blossom is traditional. People believe that what they do on the first day of the year will influence their luckiness during the whole year. On the first day of the year , people visit relatives, friends. neighbors,.... Children receive their lucky money inside red envelops. Some people go to pagoda to pray for a happy new year for their family, Tet is really a time of fun and festival throughout the country.
Part 1. Look and read. Choose the correct words and write them on the lines.
paper bag; shopper; produce; beverage; bakery;
Aisle; meat; dairy; product; poultry; cleaning; product;
1. A person who buys things in shops.
2. A bag made of paper.
3. The flesh of an animal eaten as food.
4. Foods that are grown or produced on a farm.
5. A long passage between rows of shelves in a shop.
6. A type of food produced from milk.
Part 2: Choose the best correct answer to complete the sentence.
1. We ____________wear school uniforms on Fridays.
A can’t B mustn’t C don’t have to D don’t need
2. My father enjoys ___________ in his free time.
A listens to music B listening to music C listen to music D listening music
3. It often rains heavily _____________ summer.
A in B at C on D for
4. Linda ________________________ last night when her mother___________ home.
A did her homework/ came
B did her homework/ was coming
C was doing her homework/ was coming
D Was doing her homework/ came
5. It’s very kind of you ______________ me with my homework.
A helping B to help C help D to helping
6. Lan is going to _______________ a taxi to visit her grandparents this weekend.
A drive B catch C give D ride
7. Why don’t we _____________ to the cinema tonight?
A go B to go C going D goes
8. We ___________ friends for 5 years.
A are B have been C were D has been
9. Would you mind...................................down the radio, please?
A to turn B turn C turning D turns
She has a ________________ son.
A five-years - old B five –old - years C five – year - olds D five-year-old
Part 3: read the conversation and choose the best answer. Write a letter (A- H) for each answer. You do not need to use all the letter.
1 Mum: Hello Linda, did you have fun at the circus?
Linda: ________________________________
2 Mum: Which was your favorite part of the circus?
Linda: ________________________________
3 Mum: How long did it last?
Linda: ________________________________
4 Mum: Did you go by train?
Linda: ________________________________
5 Mum: Did Uncle Tom give you a snack?
Linda: ________________________________
6 Mum: Me too! Do you want to write a thank-you card for Uncle Tom?
Linda: ________________________________
A. It started at 12 and finished at 3.
B. No, thank you, I’m not hungry.
C. Yes, it was great!
D. No, we went by bus.
E. I liked the clowns best because they were so funny.
F. Yes, that’s a good idea. I’ll do it now.
G. It was raining all morning and sunny in the afternoon.
H. Yes, he did. I had chocolate biscuits! I love chocolate!
Part 4: read and choose a word from the box. Write the correct word next to
numbers 1-5. museum opened dinosaurs traffic walking
dark - show - turned - excited - old
Last Tuesday, Tom went to the toy (1)............................ with his mum. He wanted to see
some (2).......................................robots because robots are his favorite toy. When they
arrived at the museum, Tom felt very (3).................................. . But the museum was closed.
“ Oh no,” said Tom.
Then a woman opened the door of the museum and asked, “ What are you doing here?”
“ We wanted to visit the museum, but it’s closed,” explained Mum.
She said, “ I look after the museum and I can (4).............................you some toys if you are interested.”
“ yes please!” said Tom and his mum together.
They walked inside slowly. The museum was dark and Tom felt afraid. Then the woman
(5)...........................on the lights and suddenly Tom saw lots of beautiful old toys.
“Look at the amazing robots!” he said.
The woman let Tom play with some toy trains and (6).................................... . He had a great afternoon and didn’t want to go home.
Part 5: read the passage and answer the following questions by choosing A, B, C or D.
Aside from just eating food to get energy, you also eat to get vitamins and minerals. Vitamins and minerals don’t provide energy; they help your body run properly. Each vitamin or mineral helps your body in different ways.
The vitamins are: A, B, C, D, E, and K. Vitamin A helps your eyes and immune system.
Vitamin B, actually a group of vitamins, helps your body to get the energy out of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins. They also help with growth and making healthy blood. If you see Thiamin, Niacin, Riboflavin, Folic Acid, and B12 on a food label, these are the B vitamins. Vitamin C helps protect your cells, makes healthy fats in your skin, and gives your immune system a boost. Vitamin D helps your body absorb the calcium you need for your bones and teeth. You actually get this one from the sun, too. Vitamin E helps protect your cells. Vitamin K helps your blood and bones.
There are a lot of minerals, but the main ones your body needs are: Calcium, Copper, Iodine, Iron, Magnesium, Phosphorous, Potassium, Selenium, Sodium and Zinc. You won't see all of these on every food label, but you might see a lot of them on your cereal boxes. Minerals generally help your body run correctly. They help your glands, organs, and body work at its best. They support your immune system, help to regulate your body’s functions like breathing, growing, your heart rate, and energy production, and do many other things.
It is important to eat a variety of foods to get all of the vitamins and minerals. This includes foods like: vegetables, beans, fruit, grains, proteins, and dairy. Each food gives you a little of what you need. If you don't have a well - rounded diet, you might not be getting all of what you need. Children's vitamins can help, but getting vitamins and minerals from foods is the best way to get essential nutrients.
1. According to writer.....................................
a. Eating food helps you get both energy and vitamins and minerals.
b. Vitamins and minerals provide lots of energy.
c. Vitamins and minerals don’t help your body run properly.
d. Each vitamin or mineral helps your body in similar ways.
2. Vitamin B helps......................................
a. your eyes and immune system.
b. helps your body to get the energy out of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins.
c. helps protect your cells, makes healthy fats in your skin, and gives your immune
system a boost.
d. helps your body absorb the calcium you need for your bones and teeth.
3. Calcium, Copper, Iodine, Iron, Magnesium, Phosphorous, Potassium, Selenium,
Sodium and Zinc help.................................................
a. your body absorb the calcium you need for your bones and teeth.
b. helps your eyes and immune system. Vitamin B, actually a group of vitamins, helps
your body to get the energy out of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins.
c. support your immune system, help to regulate your body’s functions like breathing,
growing, your heart rate, and energy production, and do many other things.
d. protect your cells, your blood and bones.
4. Eating a variety of foods to get all of the vitamins and minerals is.......................
a. Depending
b. Unnecessary
c. Important
d. Unimportant
5. The best way to get essential nutrients is............................…
a. from foods
b. from children’s vitamins
c. from junk food
d. from unhealthy food.
Part 6: Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stay the same.
1. The last time I saw her was three months ago.
I ........................................................................................................................
2. It took me three hours to do my homework last night.
I spent................................................................................................................
3. How long have you bought this car?
When..................................................................................................................
4. Let’s go camping this weekend.
Why ...................................................................................................................
5. Noone in my class is as tall as Hang.
Hang ...................................................................................................................
6. My father walks to work every day.
My father goes.....................................................................................................
ĐÁP ÁN
Look and read. Choose the correct words and write them on the lines.
1 - Shopper
2 - Paper bag
3 - Meat
4 - Produce
5 - Aisle
6 - Diary product
Choose the best correct answer to complete the sentence.
1 - C; 2 - B; 3 - A; 4 - D; 5 - B; 6 - B; 7 - A; 8 - B; 9 - C; 10 - D
Read the conversation and choose the best answer. Write a letter (A- H) for each answer. You do not need to use all the letter.
1 - C; 2 - E; 3 - A; 4 - D; 5 - H: 6 - F
Read and choose a word from the box. Write the correct word next to numbers 1-5.
1 - museum; 2 - old; 3 - excited; 4 - show; 5 - turned; 6 - dinosaurs
Read the passage and answer the following questions by choosing A, B, C or D.
1 - a; 2 - b; 3 - c; 4 - c; 5 - a
Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stay the same.
1 - I haven’t seen her for three months.
2 - I spent three hours doing my homework last night.
3 - When did you buy this car?
4 - Why don’t we go camping this weekend?
5 - Hang is the tallest in my class.
6 - My father goes to work on foot every day.
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. channel B. game C. national D. relax
2. A. show B. programme C. sport D. most
3. A. thirty B. theme C. both D. them
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. boring B. international C. national D. local
5. A. viewer B. audience C. watcher D. director
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. I want to watch the cartoon __________ I turn on the TV.
A. but B. so C. although D. because
7. Where are the children? They __________ in the yard.
A. play B. are playing C. is playing D. plays
8. VTV is a __________ television channel in Viet Nam, and it attracts millions of TV viewers in Viet Nam.
A. wide B. local C. international D. national
9. That TV programme is not only interesting __________ it also teaches children many things about family and friendship.
A. but B. so C. and D. because
10. Many people with different skills work hard __________ quality programmes for television.
A. produce B. to produce C. producing D. to producing
11. Have you ever __________ to London?
A. be B. being C. been D. gone
12. Britain's most common __________ activities are watching TV and films, and listening to the radio.
A. free B. leisure C. good D. popular
13. In team sports, the two teams __________ against each other in order to get the better score.
A. are B. do C. make D. compete
14. Super cars will __________ water in the future.
A. go by B. run at C. run on D. travel by
15. __________ pencils and rapper, every student will have a computer.
A. By B. Instead C. Instead of D. At
IV. Use the words in the box to complete the sentences.
16. __________ are you? – One meter fifty centimeters.
17. __________ does he go swimming? – Three times a week.
18. __________ are these buildings? – Over 100 meters high.
19. __________ is it from here to the post office? – About one kilometer.
20. __________ is your brother? – 60 kilos.
21. __________ do you go to school? – By bicycle.
22. __________ did you stay in Nha Trang? – Two weeks.
23. __________ is it? – It’s twenty thousand dong.
V. Give the correct form of the verb in bracket.
24. Look! The teacher (come) __________. She (have) __________ long black hair.
25. My father (drive) __________ me to school everyday.
26. Students must (go) __________ to school on time.
27. Susan (not know) __________ about the exam and she did very badly.
28. The boy (learn) __________ for three years, but he can't understand this letter.
VI. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
29. We live in 50 Le Hong Phong street.
____________________________________________________________
30. They speak French to her, not English, so her English doesn’t improved.
____________________________________________________________
31. She is very shy although she doesn’t enjoy parties.
____________________________________________________________
32. He smokes so many; perhaps that’s why he can’t get rid of his cough.
____________________________________________________________
33. He doesn’t work overtime, so he doesn’t earn as much as I am.
____________________________________________________________
VII. Using the words in the box to complete the dialogue and answer the questions below.
John Robinson is an English teacher (34) __________ the USA. He (35) __________ English in a high school in Ha Noi. Now he is looking for an apartment (36) __________ the school. There are three (37) __________ apartments. The first one is a big apartment. It’s comfortable, but it’s very (38) __________. The second one is (39) __________ a lovely apartment, but it’s quite expensive, too. The last one is smaller than the other two, but it’s the (40) __________ of the three. It has a bright living room, two bedrooms and a large, modern kitchen. Mr. Robinson thinks the third apartment is the (41) __________ suitable for his family.
VIII. Read the passage, and then choose the correct answers.
San Francisco, a very hilly city, is in the San Francisco Bay. Although there are many modern skyscrapers in the city centre, houses in the suburbs are in the styles of the 19th century.
The celebration of the Chinese New Year in San Francisco's Chinatown is one thing that you should not miss.
You can find the best food from around the world: Brazilian, Indian, Japanese, Korean, Mexican, Russian, Thai, Chinese and much more. Don't forget to visit a jazz club or an outdoor coffee shop to enjoy good coffee and fresh air. You should visit Mission Dolores, an old church built by the Spanish in the 18th century.
42. Which of the following sentences is true about San Francisco?
A. San Francisco is not a very hilly city.
B. San Francisco is not in the San Francisco Bay.
C. San Francisco has only old houses.
D. San Francisco is a city with modern skyscrapers in the city centre.
43. What is second paragraph about?
A. nightlife B. festivals C. scenery D. architecture
44. Where can we have coffee and enjoy fresh air?
A. Chinatown B. Old houses C. Churches D. Outdoor coffee shops
45. Which of the following sentences is NOT true about San Francisco?
A. San Francisco is in the San Francisco Bay.
B. The celebration of the Chinese New Year in San Francisco's Chinatown is very interesting.
C. You can only enjoy American and Chinese food in San Francisco.
D. You should enjoy jazz at a jazz club in San Francisco.
46. By whom was Mission Dolores built in the 18th century?
A. By people from Germany. B. By people from Spain.
C. By people from Brazil. D. By people from Europe.
IX. Rewrite the following sentences.
47. It isn’t necessary to finish the work today.
à You don’t _________________________________________________
48. I have never read such a romantic story before.
à This is ____________________________________________________
49. He prefers golf to tennis.
à He’d rather ________________________________________________
50. Speaking English fluently is not easy.
à It ________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. B 2. C 3. D
II.
4. A 5. D
III.
6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. C
IV.
16. How tall
17. How often
18. How high
19. How far
20. How heavy
21. How
22. How long
23. How much
V.
24. is coming – has
25. drives
26. go
27. didn’t know
28. has been learning
VI.
29. in -> at
30. improved -> improve
31. although -> so
32. many -> much
33. am -> do
VII.
34. from
35. teaches
36. near
37. near
38. expensive
39. also
40. cheapest
41. most
VIII.
42. D 43. B 44. D 45. C 46. B
IX.
47. You don’t need to finish the work today.
48. This is the first time I have ever been read such a romantic story.
49. He’d rather play golf than tennis.
50. It is not easy to speak English fluently.
Question 1: May likes animal very much; she has a lot of ____ keeping dogs and cats
A. paths
B. difficulties
C. taste
D. experience
Question 2: When a tornado comes, we should fine a safe ___ on the ground of even underground.
A. cloth
B. shelter
C. weather
D. supply
Question 3: Octopuses change their body patterns to create ___
A. swim
B. attack
C. see
D. camouflage
Question 4: It was really hard for his uncle to ___ a living in this big city
A. help
B. earn
C. save
D. bend
Question 5: Because Nancy didn’t eat lunch, she began to feel ____ and hungry during class
A. lucky
B. great
C. weak
D. dirty
Question 6: The winds from the ____ lifted a car and moved it 30 meters
A. storm
B. tornado
C. flood
D. hurricane
Question 7: He tried to give up smoking but couldn’t break the ___
A. habit
B. pastime
C. favor
D. hobby
Question 8: Schools are closed ____ the corona virus.
A. when
B. because
C. because of
D. although
Question 9: The fastest way to get ______ the museum is to take the train.
A. to
B. at
C. away
D. off
Question 10: It’s important to know how to _____ energy in everyday life.
A. waste
B. hold
C. save
D. help
Question 11: Rearrange the words in correct sentences:
Learn/write/literature,/about/essays./In/and/we/books/the
A. In literature, we learn about the books and write essays.
B. In literature, we learn about and the books write essays.
C. In literature, we learn the books and about write essays.
D. We learn in literature about the books and write essays.
Question 12: The number of visitors to the beach every summer ____ about 100,000.
A. are
B. has
C. have
D. is
Question 13: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. pollution
B. question
C. station
D. attraction
Question 14: Let’s prepare for the party, ____?
A. Don’t they
B. do we
C. will you
D. shall we
Question 15: The plane _____ land because of the rain.
A. aren’t going
B. isn’t going
C. aren’t going to
D. isn’t going to
Question 16: Read and choose the best answer.
Carbohydrates, which are sugars, are an essential part of a healthy diet. They provide the main source of energy for the body, and they also function to flavor and sweeten foods. Carbohydrates range from simple sugars like glucose to complex sugars such as amylose and 5 amylopectin. Nutritionists estimate that carbohydrates should make up about one-fourth to one-fifth of a person's diet. This translates to about 75-100 grams of carbohydrates per day.
A diet that is deficient in carbohydrates can have an adverse effect 10 on a person's health. When the body lacks a sufficient amount of carbohydrates it must then use its protein supplies for energy, a process called gluconeogenesis. This, however, results in a lack of necessary protein, and further health difficulties may occur. A lack of carbohydrates can also lead to ketosis, a build-up of ketones 15 in the body that causes fatigue, lethargy, and bad breath.
1. What is the main idea of this passage?
A. Carbohydrates prevent a build-up of proteins
B. Carbohydrates are an expendable part of a good diet.
C. Carbohydrates are needed for good health.
D. Carbohydrates can lead to ketosis.
2. According to the passage, what do most nutritionists suggest?
A. Carbohydrates should be eaten in very small quantities.
B. Sufficient carbohydrates will prevent gluconeogenesis.
C. Carbohydrates are simple sugars called glucose.
D. Carbohydrates should make up about a quarter of a person's daily diet.
3. Which of the following do carbohydrates NOT do?A. cause gluconeogenesis
B. prevent ketosis
C. provide energy for the body
D. flavor and sweeten food
4. What does the word "this" refer to ?
A. having an insufficient amount of protein
B. using protein supplies for energy
C. converting carbohydrates to energy
D. having a deficiency in carbohydrates
5. According to the passage, which of the following does NOT describe carbohydrates?
A. an energy source
B. a protein supply
C. a range of sugars
D. a necessity
Question 17:
Dear Jennifer,
Do you want to go to the night market tomorrow night to look for some T-shirts? My mom’s friend from Canada is here for a visit, and she would like to see a night market.
Would you like to go with us? If you can join us, don’t eat any dinner because we will be eating a lot of snacks at the market. My dad will take us there and bring us back in his car. We can go to your house to pick you up at 6:30. Can you ask your parents if it’s OK for you to go with us? Please write to tell me your decision as soon as possible.
Bye,
Eric.
1. Why does Eric’s mother want to go to the night market?
A. To show her friend the market
B. To buy some food for dinner
C. To pick up her husband there
D. To get Eric present
2. What do we learn about Eric from this message?
A. He will write to Jenifer tomorrow.
B. His father can drive
C. He has a foreign friend
D. His mother’s friend bought him a T-shirt
Question 18: Choose the answer that is closest in meaning to the following sentence:
She stayed in bed because of her sickness
A. She was sick because she stayed in bed
B. Because being sick she stayed in bed
C. She was sick because of staying in bed
D. Because she was sick, she stayed in bed
Question 19: Reorder the sentence:
personal/best/my/gives/of/with/my/lots/help/friend/problems/me/.
A. My personal problems gives me lots of help with my best friend.
B. My best friend gives me lots of help with my personal problems.
C. Lots of help my personal problems my best friend gives me
D. My best friend gives me with my personal problems lots of help
Question 20: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. reason
B. person
C. present
D. poisonous
Question 21: Read and choose the correct answer for each following questions
Our neighbor, Mr. King, is seventy years old. He lives very happily with his family. Mr. King is of great help to the children in a local orphanage. He collects paper and old boxes from local businesses and sells them to get money for the children.
One day, while Mr. King was riding along the street, he saw an open bag with a lot of money on the road. He knew that the owner of the bag would very be worried, so he took it immediately to the local police station.
A few hours later, Mr. King got a phone call from an old lady. She said: “ I am the owner of the bag. Thank you very much for returning the bag. I would like to give you a part of the money as a reward for your honesty.” When Mr. King heard this, he said: “ Could you give me a reward to the orphanage?” The old lady thought it was a good idea and agreed to do so.
1. What would be the best title for this story?
A. Mr. King’s children
B. A free gift
C. Mr. King’s kindness
D. A happy family
2. Who called Mr. King after he got home after that day?
A. The old man who rode a bicycle
B. The lady who lose the bag
C. The child who needed money
D. The policeman who found the bag
3. According to the story, what is the lady probably going to do next?
A. Talk to the owner of the bag
B. Ask Mr. King to keep the bag
C. Tell the police what happened
D. Help some poor children
Question 22: You can hear thunder. There ____ lightning.
A. is going
B. are going to be
C. is going to be
D. will be
Question 23: Reorder this sentences:
Ms.Linh/taught/for/ten/English/years/.
A. Ms. Linh has taught English for ten years.
B. Ms. Linh taught English has for ten years.
C. Ms. Linh has taught ten English for years.
D. Ms. Linh has taught for ten years English.
Question 24: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. clothes
B. further
C. other
D. breath
Question 25: Duncan improved his English speaking ability by ____ with his sister every day.
A. practised
B. practicing
C. practices
D. practice
Question 26: Reorder this sentences:
monkeys/were/the/When/tree/on/saw/,/they/ climbing/I/the/.
A. When I were climbing on the trees, they saw the monkeys.
B. When I saw the monkeys, they climbing were on the tree.
C. When I saw the monkeys, they were climbing on the tree.
D. When I saw the trees, monkeys they were climbing on the tree.
Question 27: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. breath
B. therefore
C. thus
D. weather
Question 28: Reorder this sentence:
I/my/the/that/friend/umbrella/last/lost/week/me/lent/it/./
A. My friend lost the umbrella that I lent me last week
B. I lost the umbrella that my friend lent me last week.
C. I lost the umbrella me that my friend lent last week.
D. I lost that umbrella the my friend lent me last week.
Question 29: Lily didn’t go to bed until three o’clock this morning.
Right now she ____ a rest
A. has taken
B. is taking
C. takes
D. was taking
Question 30: Reorder this sentence:
still/mother/so/is/my/tired/I/My/will/house/buy/in/medicine/the/to/pharmacy /some/next/./
A. My mother is still tired so I will buy some pharmacy in the medicine next to my house
B. My mother is so tired still I will buy some medicine in the pharmacy next to my house
C. My mother is still tired so I will buy some medicine in the pharmacy next to the house
D. My mother is will tired so I still buy some medicine in the pharmacy next to my house
Question 31: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others
A. area
B. face
C. place
D. tornado
Question 32: Choose the answer that is closest in meaning to the following sentence:
Let’s go to the seaside this summer.
A. How about going to the seaside this summer?
B. What about to the seaside this summer?
C. I suggested going to the seaside this summer
D. Why do we go to the seaside this summer?
Question 33: Reorder this sentence:
the/friends/They/movies/frequently/than/go/more/their/to/.
A. They to go the friends more frequently than their movies.
B. They go to the movies more frequently than their friends.
C. They go more frequently than the movies to their friends.
D. They go to the movies frequently more than their friends.
Question 34: A fox can run ____ a rabbit.
A. as fast B. as faster as
C. as fast as
D. as fastly as
Question 35: I promise I ___ that again
A. don’t do
B. wouldn’t do
C. didn’t do
D. won’t do
Question 36: I’m very proud ____ my daughter, she worked very hard.
A. on
B. with
C. of
D. at
Question 37: A sea turtle isn’t as dangerous _____ a shark.
A. for
B. more
C. than
D. as
Question 38: Choose the answer that is closest in meaning to the following sentence: Tom cried a lot when he was a child.
A. Tom used cry a lot when he was a child.
B. Tom used to crying a lot when he was a child.
C. Tom is used to crying a lot when he was a child
D. Tom used to cry a lot when he was a child.
Question 1-13: Circle the letter A,B,C or D to indicate the correct answer of each the following questions.
Question 1: This is the first time I ___________ this film.
A. am seeing B. saw C. see D. have seen
Question 2: They haven’t seen each other ______________ Christmas.
A. since B. for C. at D. in
Question 3: He was born in England. English is his _____________.
A. mother tongue B. first language
C. foreign language D. A and B are correct
Question 4: _____________ is Teachers’ Day in Malaysia?
A. Who B. What C. Where D. When
Question 5: People go to a __________ to look at the famous works of art.
A. stadium B. gallery C. theater D. fair
Question 6: You should _____________ your lesson before the examination.
A. read B. look C. revise D. study
Question 7: Keep all dangerous things out of children’s _____________.
A. hands B. place C. reach D. head
Question 8: Students should work ___________ to make their parents happy.
A. hard B. hardly C. in hard way D. more hardly
Question 9: What are ____________? – They are pens.
A. This B. that C. those D. there
Question 10: Make sure that the needles are sterile.
free from bacteria
slightly clean
straight
D. unused
Question 11: She is a _______ girl with _______.
green-eyes/ red hair
B. green-eyed/ red hairs
C. green-eye/ a red hair
D. green-eyed/ red hair
Question 12: They spent a lot of money on food and clothes.
a) A lot of money was spent on food and clothes.
b) A lot of money were spent on food and clothes.
c) A lot of money on food and clothes were spent.
d) A lot of money on food and clothes was spent.
Question 13: My classroom is ____________ the second floor.
A. In B. on C. at D. about
Question 14-16: Circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 14: –“How far is it from here to the nearest post office?" –“_____________.”
Turn left and then turn right
B. Two kilometers at least
C. No, it's rather far
D. Yes, it's quite near he
Question 15: –“What will we do when we want to call the Fire Service?” –“______________”
Dial 113
Dial 114
Dial 115
D. Dial 116
Question 16: –“What do you usually do on your day off?” –“___________________”
I usually drive to work
B. I will sleep all day
C. I usually do not much
D. Nothing much. I always sleep until noon
Question 17-20: Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the answer to each of the following questions.
It is five o’clock in the evening when Rene Wagner come home from work. She walks into the living room and looks at her three children. They are 14,13 and 9 years old. They are watching TV. The living room is a mess. There are dirty socks on the floor and cookies on the sofa. Games and toys are everywhere. Rene is angry, “This place is a mess” she tells her children, “I can’t work all day and then do housework all evening. I’m not going to do housework!”Rene doesn’t do housework. She doesn’t clean or wash dishes. She doesn’t wash clothes, either. Every evening she sits on the sofa and watches TV.
After two weeks, every plate, fork and glass in the house is dirty. All the children’s clothes are dirty. Every garbage basket is full. The house is a mess.
Then, one day Rene comes home from work and gets a big surprise. The kitchen is clean. The children clean the kitchen !
The next day, the living room is clean, and the children are washing their clothes. Rene tells the children “OK, I’ll do the housework again. But you have to help me.”
Now Rene and her three children do the housework together. Then they all sit on the sofa and watch TV!
17. When Rene came home from work, she found the house ________________.
A. clean and dirty
B. dirty and tidy
C. dirty and untidy
D. clean but untidy
18. Rene told her children _________________.
A. to do the housework
B. she couldn’t do housework
C. not to do housework
D. she wouldn’t do housework
19. Some days later, the house was clean again because ______________.
A. she couldn’t let it that way
B. her children did housework.
C. her children didn’t do housework.
D. she did housework again.
20. Now Rene does housework again because __________________.
A. her children help her.
B. they can watch TV together.
C. her children wash their clothes.
D. her children don’t do it.
Question 21-24: Read the description of some words. Write the correct words in the boxes.
Question 21: A person who treats people’s teeth. (7 letters)
Question 22: A set of rooms on each floor of a large building. (9 letters)
Question 23: Money that you save in the bank. (7 letters)
Question 24: Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb “A bad beginning ...............… a bad ending.” (5 letters)
Question 25: Write your answer (at least 25 words) to the question:
What is your favourite subject at school?
ĐÁP ÁN
1- D 11- D
2- A 12- A
3- D 13- B
4- D 14- B
5- B 15- B
6- C 16- A
7- A 17- C
8- A 18- D
9- C 19- B
10- A 20- A
21- Dentist
22- Apartment
23- Deposit
24- Makes ( đầu xuôi đuôi lọt)
25.
A. Regular exercise
B. Oversleeping
C. Eating junk food
Question 2: ……………………….can be used to heat food very quickly by using waves of energy.
A. A blender
B. A coffee maker
C. A microwave
D. A dishwasher
Question 3: These types of food made from milk are ……………………………………
A. cleaning products
B. frozen products
C. farming products
D. dairy products
Question 4: Which of the following energy sources is unclean and limited?
A. sunlight
B. wind
C. coal
D. water power
Question 5: The sister of your father or mother or the wife of your uncle is called …………... in English.
A. mother
B. grandmother
C. aunt
D. sister
Question 6: Nguyen Tat Thanh School was founded ………………..July 4th 1998.
A. at
B. in
C. on
D. with
Question 7: Many foreign tourists say that Ho Chi Minh city is ………………than Hanoi.
A. exciting
B. more exciting
C. excited
D. more excited
Question 8: Hanoi is the ………………….of the Vietnam.
A. biggest city
B. capital
C. district
D. smallest province
Question 9: In her dream she ………..over the sea and waved to the people on boats below.
A. flied
B. flown
C. flies
D. flew
Question 10: Our grandparents live in …………………….in the countryside.
A. a big old beautiful house
B. a big beautiful old house
C. an old big beautiful house
D. a beautiful big old house
Question 11: Whales are …………………….. They are warm-blooded and breathe air through a pair of lungs.
A. fish
B. amphibians
C. mammals
D. Reptiles
Question 12: Which of the following activities can help save electricity at home?
A. Turn off the lights and the fans when you don’t need them.
B. Plug electric appliances like fridges, lights when they are not in use.
C. Only do laundry or dishes when you have a full load.
D. A and C are correct.
Question 13:……….is the flesh of a cow or bull used as food and has a source of high quality protein and nutrients.
A. Beef
B. Chicken
C. Lamb
D. Pork
Question 14-16: Circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 14: Debbie: “Would you like to go to the cinema tonight?” Becky: “………………………………..”
A. I’ d love to.
C. I’ d want to.
B. I’m fine. And you?
D. Let’s go. I’m afraid.
Question 15: Daisy: “What do you do for a living?”
Tom: “…………………”
A. I work as a teaching.
B. I work as a chef.
C. I’m a direct.
D. I’m a cooker.
Question 16: Student A: “May I borrow your pen?”
Student B: “………………………….”
A. Yes, you may.
B. No, you can.
C. Yes, of course.
D. No, here you are.
Question 17 - 20: Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the answer to each of the following questions.
My name’s Tom and yesterday it was my birthday. I was nine and I got a lot of presents. Mum took pictures when I opened my presents. I got a red football and a blue sweater, my favorite colour! But my favorite present was a new bike. It’s great. My old bike was small so I didn’t like it. After school I went to the swimming pool with three friends. When we were there, we didn’t want to swim at first because the water was very cold, but when we did we had great fun. Then Mum shouted “Time to go home!” so we had a shower and got dressed quickly.
Question 17: What was Tom’s favorite present?
A. a red football
B. a blue sweater
C. a new bike
D. pictures
Question 18: Which of the following words has the same meaning as “presents” in the passage?
A. now
B. gifts
C. moment
D. Wishes
Question 19: What is NOT TRUE, according to the passage?
A. Tom’s old bike was not large so he disliked it.
B. Tom and his friends swam and they had a good time.
C. Mum took pictures when Tom opened his presents.
D. One of Tom’s presents was a red sweater.
Question 20: How old was Tom?
A. 9 years old
B. 8 years old
C. 19 years old
D. 10 years old
Question 21-24: Read the description of some words. Write the correct words in the boxes.
Question 21: People who are related to you by blood or marriage. (9 letters)
Question 22: If you want a book, but you don’t want to buy one, you can get one from this place. (7 letters)
Question 23: Someone who plays a musical instrument especially as a job. (8 letters)
Question 24: Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb “Where there’s a .................., there’s a way.” (4 letters)
Question 25: Write your answer (at least 25 words) to the question:
25: Viết câu trả lời (ít nhất 25 từ) trả lời câu hỏi:
Em muốn làm nghề gì khi em lớn lên? Tại sao?
Hướng dẫn:
Em muốn làm nghề gì trong tương lai? - Ghi ngành nghề mà em yêu thích như: Giáo viên, Phi công, Lái xe, ...
Tại sao em muốn làm ngành nghề đó? - Ghi rõ lý do vì sao.
VÍ dụ: Em muốn làm nghề giáo viên tiếng Anh vì em thích học tiếng Anh, em thích được tìm hiểu rõ về văn hóa các nước nói tiếng Anh, hay vì em yêu trẻ em, ...
Ngoài ra các em có thể viết thêm cách Làm thế nào để có thể làm được ngành nghề đó.
Ví dụ: Để có thể trở thành giáo viên tiếng Anh, em cần phải học thật giỏi môn tiếng Anh, ...
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. character B. school C. teacher D. chemistry
2. A. earth B. earn C. heart D. heard
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
3. A. comedian B. newsreader C. film producer D. programme
4. A. cartoon B. world news C. studio D. documentary
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
5. "Which __________ is Britain in?" - "Europe"
A. country
B. continent
C. city
D. area
6. That city is most famous __________ its fashion shops.
A. to
B. with
C. for
D. of
7. Nam plays sports very often, so he looks very __________.
A. sport
B. sports
C. sporty
D. sporting
8. Last summer, I __________ fishing with my uncle in the afternoon.
A. go
B. went
C. goes
D. going
9. They cancelled their picnic __________ the weather was bad.
A. because
B. when
C. but
D. or
10. __________ the programme is late, we will wait to watch it.
A. Because
B. Although
C. When
D. So
11. You can watch Harry Potter on TV __________ you can read it.
A. so
B. when
C. but
D. or
12. I __________ born on the first of May.
A. were
B. was
C. are
D. is
13. In team sports, the two teams __________ against each other in order to get the better score.
A. are
B. do
C. make
D. compete
14. __________ draw on the walls and tables, please.
A. Do
B. Don't
C. Should
D. Shouldn't
IV. Fill in the blank with although, and, because, but, or, since, so, unless, until, when.
15. She has not called __________ she left last week.
16. I saw him leaving an hour __________ two ago.
17. This is an expensive __________ very useful book.
18. We will go swimming next Sunday __________ it's raining.
19. I heard a noise __________ I turned the light on.
V. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes
20. The children have put away their toys but they didn’t make their beds yet.
21. Would you mind waiting little minutes?
22. When we were on holiday, we spent too a lot of money.
23. Some flowers bought for his mother on her birthday yesterday.
24. A new high school builds in our town next year.
VI. Match the sentence halves, writing the answer in each blank.
VII. Supply the correct form of the words in parentheses.
31. We must (take) __________ an umbrella. It (rain) __________.
32. The weather is becoming (cold) __________.
33. He (stay) __________ there for two days when he comes there.
34. My best friend (write) __________ to me every week.
35. You can borrow my umbrella. I (not need) __________ it at the moment.
VIII. Read the article and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Information about what happens in the world comes to us in many ways. Television and radio are two important ways of the news. They get the news out faster than the newspapers and magazines, and they don't have to be read. Television and radio stations broadcast the news several times each day. In America, there are the news programmes every hour. People can choose the favourite TV programmes, such as sports, films, fashion, news, etc. People who cannot read get the news from television or radio easily.
True False
36. There are only two ways of getting the news.
37. Television and radio get the news faster than other ways.
38. Television stations broadcast the news several times each day.
39. People cannot choose the TV programmes that they like.
40. Television can bring the news to people who cannot read.
IX. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
41. We go to the zoo twice a month.
____________________________________________________________
42. We can meet in front of the theater at 7.30.
____________________________________________________________
43. Bob likes the comedy because it makes him laugh.
____________________________________________________________
44. Simon is in a lot of pain now because he has a toothache.
____________________________________________________________
45. I felt sick after eating that food.
____________________________________________________________
X. Write complete sentences, using the given cues.
46. not very far/ Ha Noi/ Noi Bai Airport
____________________________________________________________
47. Turn/all/light/every/time/leave/room
____________________________________________________________
48. I/ think/ skate/ more/ interesting/ mountain - climbing.
____________________________________________________________
49. when/ I/ ten/ begin/ play football.
____________________________________________________________
50. in/ future/ my father/ go abroad.
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. C 2. D 3. D
II.
4. D 5. C
III.
6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. B 12. D 13. B 14. D 15. B
IV.
16. since 17. or 18. but 19. unless 20. so
V.
21. didn’t -> haven’t
22. little -> a few
23. a lot of -> much
24. bought -> were bought
25. builds -> will be built
VI.
26. e 27. a 28. b 29. c 30. f
VII.
31. take – is raining
32. colder and colder
33. will stay
34. writes
35. don’t need
VIII.
36. False 37. True 38. True 39. False 40. True
IX.
41. How often do you go to the zoo?
42. Where can you/we meet at 7.30?
43. Why do Bob like the comedy?
44. Why is Simon in a lot of pain?
45. How do you feel after eating that food?
X.
46. It is not very far from Ha Noi to Noi Bai airport.
47. Turn off all the lights every time you leave the room.
48. I think skating is more interesting than mountain – climbing.
49. When I was ten, I began to play football.
50. In the future, my father will go abroad.
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried
2. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar
3. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. teacher B. college C. professor D. lecture
5. A. revision B. decision C. grocery D. collection
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. The fatter I become, the __________ I run.
A. quicker B. more slowly C. slower D. more fast
7. __________ go past the traffic lights, and __________ turn left.
A. First - than B. First - then C. Then - first D. Finally - then
8. It is __________ to live far from the market and the supermarket.
A. easy B. inconvenient C. convenient D. comfortable
9. They have been in love with each other __________ they were young.
A. while B. until C. for D. since
10. I have been __________ many beautiful places in Viet Nam.
A. at B. on C. in D. to
11. __________ are the Olympic Games held?
A. How B. How long C. How often D. How much
12. Leave early so that you __________ miss the bus.
A. didn’t B. shouldn’t C. won’t D. mustn’t
13. What's the weather __________ in Hanoi?
A. to like B. likes C. like D. liking
14. A hi-tech robot will help us __________ children while we are away.
A. look out B. look at C. look after D. look in
15. Our future houses will use __________ energy, and they are very friendly to the environment.
A. sun B. sunny C. solar D. lunar
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition.
16. They translated the letter __________ French.
A. for B. with C. into D. about
17. She always takes good care __________ her children.
A. for B. in C. of D. with
18. We went there __________ a car and stayed there for the whole day.
A. in B. on C. with D. by
19. I write letters __________ my right hand.
A. in B. by C. with D. at
20. He congratulated me __________ winning the competition.
A. of B. on C. at D. about
V. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
21. The little boy didn't know how lacing his shoes.
____________________________________________________________
22. I would rather live on a farm than to live in a city.
____________________________________________________________
23. The workers are buildinga new bridge which is 150 meters in high.
____________________________________________________________
24. This text is too long for me to read it.
____________________________________________________________
25. The course is good, but more hard than I thought.
____________________________________________________________
VI. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.
26. D.E Huges was the __________ of microphone. (invent)
27. People in the countryside is __________. (friend)
28. If it doesn't rain soon, there'll be a great __________ of water. (short)
29. Taxi drivers have to have a very good __________ on the street names. (know)
30. Environmental __________ is every body's responsibility. (protect)
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.
Rescue robots (31) __________ hi-tech toys, but we are now using more robotic planes, helicopters. We can use them after storms, earthquakes, or fires to provide us with important (32) __________. They have cameras and microphones that help rescue workers understand how much damage (33) __________ and (34) __________ where the victims are. These planes work (35) __________ between 30 and 120 metres in the air and they can rescue people in somewhere very dangerous.
31. A. look B. look like C. looks like D. look at
32. A. information B. newspapers C. ideas D. thing
33. A. there B. it was C. there has D. there is
34. A. find B. find out C. finds D. finds out
35. A. much B. more C. the best D. best
VIII. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions.
You can walk in the mountains near the hotel and see lots of local wildlife. Enjoy a boat trip on the lake and see the amazing waterfalls, or visit the beautiful caves.
36. What did they use to build the house?
____________________________________________________________
37. How can the skylights help us to save electricity?
____________________________________________________________
38. Why don’t they use chemicals to clean the rooms?
____________________________________________________________
39. What can you see in the mountains?
____________________________________________________________
40. What are the activities for a boat trip?
____________________________________________________________
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. It was an interesting film.
à What _____________________________________________________
42. What’s the weight of your suitcase?
à How _____________________________________________________
43. She knows more about it than I do.
à I don’t ____________________________________________________
44. It was such a good weather that we went swimming.
à The weather _______________________________________________
45. I’m always nervous when I face a lot of people.
à Facing ____________________________________________________
X. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
46. People can know about the weather in their regions from the weather forecast.
____________________________________________________________
47. The game show lasts sixty minutes.
____________________________________________________________
48. I like Mr. Bean best because he always makes me laugh when I see him on TV.
____________________________________________________________
49. Millions of viewers will watch the EURO football match on TV this evening.
____________________________________________________________
50. We can meet in front of theater at 7 p.m.
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. D 2. D 3. A
II.
4. D 5. C
III.
6. B 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. D 11. C 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. C
IV.
16. C 17. C 18. A 19. C 20. B
V.
21. lacing -> to lace
22. to live -> live
23. high -> height
24. bỏ it
25. more hard -> harder
VI.
26. inventor
27. friendly
28. shortage
29. knowledge
30. protection
VII.
31. B 32. A 33. D 34. B 35. C
VIII.
36. They used stone and mud to build the hotel.
37. There are skylights – windows in the roof to let light in.
38. Because they don’t want to damage the environment.
39. You can see lots of local wildlife.
40. A boat trip allows you to see the amazing waterfalls or visit the beautiful caves.
IX.
41. What an interesting film?
42. How heavy is your suitcase?
43. I don’t know so/as much as she does.
44. The weather was so good that we went swimming.
45. Facing a lot of people always makes me nervous.
X.
46. What can people know from the weather forecast?
47. How long does the game show last?
48. Why do you like Mr. Bean best?
49. How many viewers will watch the EURO football match on TV this evening?
50. What time can we meet in front of theater?
1. Snakes and tortoises are all _____.
A. mammals
B. reptiles
C. birds
D. insects
2. ______ are your friends and they are in the same class as you at school.
A. Relatives
B. Teammate
C. Partners
D. Classmates
3. Which activity is one type of housework?
A. Going shopping
B. Hanging out with friend
C. Cleaning the kitchen
D. Doing exercises
4. Peter is _______ in his class.
A. smarter student
B. the smarter student
C. the smartest student
D. the most smart student
5. ________ makes and repairs wooden objects for a living.
A. A cashier
B. A gardener
C. A carpenter
D. A magician
6. Today is Lily's day off. She _________ her favorite TV programme now.
A. is watching
B. was watched
C. watches
D. has been watching
7. I’m going to visit my uncle in London ____ September 22nd.
A. on
B. in
C. at
D. from
8. A white or grey bird with long wings living near the sea is called ____.
A. penguin
B. seagull
C. peacock
D. eagle
9. ______ is the best choice for our health.
A. Fast food
B. Frozen food
C. Junk food
D. Fresh food
10. He has got ____________ backpack.
A. a new nice big green
B. a nice big new green
C. a big nice new green
D. a green new big nice
11. My uncle lives in ______ on the 16th floor of this building.
A. an apartment
B. a cottage
C. a shelter
D. a department
12. We went on a day _____ to Happy Farm yesterday.
A. voyage
B. trip
C. journey
D. travel
13. Mark prefers playing video games to _______ to the park at the weekend.
A. go
B. goes
C. went
D. going
14. Adan: “ Let’s go camping!”
Elly: "______. The weather is not good today.”
A. No problem
B. It’s up to you
C. I don’t think it is a good idea
D. Yes, let do it
Choose the most suitable response to complete the exchange.
15. A: "Would you mind getting me a pizza?"
B: "___________."
A. Not at all
B. Yes, I will get you
C. No, just bring yourself
D. Ok, I’m fine
16. Linda: “What does your mother do?”
Petter: "_____________."
A. My mom work as a cooker
B. My mom is a manage
C. My mom work as a sing
D. My mom is a dentist
Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each of the following questions.
Sarah Small was the smallest girl in second grade. She could not reach the water fountain. She felt very sad. “Wait and see,” said Mother. “It’s good to be small.”
One day, Sarah and her friends were playing soccer. Sarah was good at soccer. She was so small that she could run through tall people’s legs. She had just kicked the ball when she saw something green and white.
There was a five-dollar bill on the other side of the fence, beside a small hole. Sarah’s friends were too big to fit through the hole to reach it. But Sarah got down on her hands and knees and slipped through. She picked up the bill from off the ground. Then she told her friends she would buy them all ice cream. “Sometimes, it’s good to be small!” she said.
17. Why is Sarah sad?
A. because she finds five dollars
B. because she buys ice cream
C. because she plays soccer
D. because she is small
18. Why is Sarah good at soccer?
A. because she can run through legs
B. because she finds five dollars
C. because she is tough
D. because she can crawl through holes
19. What does Sarah find on the ground?
A. a soccer ball
B. a five-dollar bill
C. ice cream
D. a worm
20. What does Sarah do with the money?
A. She shares it.
B. She hides it.
C. She leaves it there.
D. She buys ice cream for herself.
Read the description of some words. Write the correct words in the boxes.
21. That kind of meat comes from a cow. What is it? (4 letters)
22. Someone who owns or takes care of a farm (6 letters)
23. In this game, players try to throw a large ball into a high net hanging from a ring. (10 letters)
24. Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb: “No ______, no gain.” (4 letters) 1
25. Write your answer (at least 25 words) to the question: What is your favorite hobby? Why?
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - B; 2 - D; 3 - C; 4 - C; 5 - C;
6 - A; 7 - A; 8 - B; 9 - D; 10 - B;
11 - A; 12 - B; 13 - D; 14 - C; 15 - C;
16 - D; 17 - D; 18 - A; 19 - B; 20 - D;
21 - beef; 22 - farmer; 23 - Basketball; 24 - pain;
25:
Choose the correct answer.
1. Let’s go to our country. It looks beautiful ____________ spring.
A. for
B. in
C. on
D. at
2. An extinct animal is __________.
A. an animal that was a dinosaur
B. an animal that no longer lives on Earth
C. an animal that is still alive
D. an animal that lives underwater
3. What is a food chain?
A. A way to show what different animals eat, and how energy moves through a habitat
B. A way to show how two or more food chains connect
C. A way to show which animals need the most water in a habitat
D. A way to show where different plants and animals live
4. I know him ____ than you do.
A. better
B. more well
C. good
D. the best
5. A _____ is an area of knowledge or study, especially one that you study at school, college, or university.
A. degree
B. subject
C. level
D. vacancy
6. Air ________ is one of the most serious problems that many countries in the world have to face nowadays.
A. sewage
B. fume
C. pollution
D. smoke
7. My brother has collected a lot of _________ bottles since he was ten.
A. old lovely glass
B. glass lovely old
C. old glass lovely
D. lovely old glass
8. English is an important _____ that is required in several national examinations.
A. language
B. test
C. evaluation
D. subject
9. It is an electric appliance used in a building. It is often used in winter to make the air hotter inside the building. What is it?
A. A heater
B. An air conditioner
C. A refrigerator
10. Make exercise a part of your daily _______.
A. regularity
B. chore
C. routine
D. frequency
11. Water polo is a team water game, with six field players and one goalie in each team. The winner of the game is the team that scores more _____.
A. nets
B. goals
C. plays
D. balls
12. Tet is a ______ which occurs in late January or early February.
A. festival
B. meeting
C. party
D. activity
13. Use a _____ to check up the words you want to know about.
A. magazine
B. newspaper
C. dictionary
D. reference
14. Boy: “I’m taking my English test tomorrow.”
Girl: “_______________”
A. Congratulations!
B. Good luck!
C. Don’t mention it!
15. Catherine: “Thank you for your nice gift, David!”
David: “_________”
A. In fact, I myself dislike it.
B. You’re welcome.
C. Do you know how much it cost?
16. - How was your holiday in New York?
- _____________.
A. Really
B. Absolutely right
C. Awesome
D. Sure
Read the text and answer the questions.
There are four first grade classes at our school. The teachers decided to have a contest. Every day each student would take a book home to read with their Mom or Dad. Their parents sent a note saying they had read the book. The class who read the most books would win.
The contest lasted two weeks. Our class really wanted to win the contest. Everyone took home a book each afternoon and read it with their Mom or Dad at night.
There are twenty kids in my class. We read ten books each. That made two hundred books! We won the contest. We beat the next class by only three books.
We were so happy to win. Our classroom got a new red bookcase as a prize. Now we have a place to put all our books.
17. How long did the contest last?
A. two weeks
B. a month
C. all year
D. two months
18. What was the prize for winning the contest?
A. a pizza party
B. no homework for a week
C. a new car
D. a new red bookcase
19. Which of the following words has the same meaning as “beat” in the story?
A. lost
B. did better than
C. fought
D. took
20. What is NOT TRUE, according to the story?
A. The parents sent a note to say that their child had read a book.
B. The class whose students read most books at the school library would win.
C. The author's class won the contest with two hundred books read at home.
D. The author's class use the prize to put their books at the class.
Read the description and write the correct word in the box.
21. You must buy this before you travel on a train (6 letters):
22. People carry their clothes in this when they go on holiday (8 letters):
23. If you sit next to this, you might see some great views when you travel by plane. (6 letters):
Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb
24. “There's no smoke _____ fire.” (7 letters):
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - B; 2 - B; 3 - A; 4 - B; 5 - B;
6 - C; 7 - D; 8 - D; 9 - A; 10 - C;
11 - B; 12 - A; 13 - C; 14 - B; 15 - B; 16 - C;
17 - A; 18 - D; 19 - B; 20 - B;
21 - ticket; 22 - suitacase; 23 -window; 24 - without;
Question 1: Choose the odd one out.
Question 2. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from those of these other words.
Question 3. Choose the best answer.
3. We don’t go______________train.
4. Yesterday,_______________________________.
5. An:_________________- Binh: It's 15, 000 dong.
6. Nam often_____________after meal.
7. It is_________in the city than it is in the country.
Question 4. Read the story and choose the correct answer.
Mrs. Brown’s grandfather lived with her. Every morning he went for a walk in the park and came home at half past twelve for lunch.
But one morning a police car stopped outside Mrs. Brown’s house at twelve o’clock, two policemen helped Mr. Brown to get out. One of them said to Mrs. Brown: “The poor old gentleman lost his way on the park and telephoned us for help, so we sent a car to bring him home”. Mrs. Brown was very surprised, but she thanked the policemen and they left.
“But grandfather”, she then said, “ You have been to that park nearly everyday for twenty years. How did you lose your way there?”
The old man smiled, closed one eye and said: “ I didn’t quite lose my way, I just got tired and I didn’t to walk home.
8. What did Mrs. Brown’s old grandfather go to the park for?
9. What happened to him one morning?
10. How did Mrs. Brown feel?
11. Which of the following statement is NOT TRUE?
Question 5. Choose the words from the box to complete the text. There are two words you do not need to use.
The library is a good place to be(0)_________ a wet day. You can find the answer to all your questions there. When you want to know(12)_________ about the world you live in, there are a lot of books to (13)______________. You can learn about mountains, rivers, animals or the stars. You can (14)___________ the books home with you for three weeks. The library is a great place to do your homework (15)_________it is always very quiet, so try not to talk loudly when you are there. Some libraries have a shop and you can buy things (16)________ pens and maps there. There’s sometimes a café’. Try to go to the library more often.
Example: 0: on
Question 6. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentences.
17. English/ We/ a week/ have/ four times.
___________________________________________________
18. will be/ It/ large/ house/ a/ in/ countryside/ the/.
___________________________________________________
Question 7. Write a short paragraph (4-6 sentences) about your hobby.
Suggested questions:
ĐÁP ÁN
Question 1: Choose the odd one out.
1 - C;
Question 2. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from those of these other words.
2 - A;
Question 3. Choose the best answer.
3 - C; 4 - C; 5 - B; 6 - D; 7 - C;
Question 4. Read the story and choose the correct answer.
8 - B; 9 - A; 10 - A; 11 - D;
Question 5. Choose the words from the box to complete the text. There are two words you do not need to use.
12 - something; 13 - read; 14 - take; 15 - because;
Question 6. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentences.
17 - We have English four times a week.
18 - It will be a large house in the countryside.
Question 7. Write a short paragraph (4-6 sentences) about your hobby.
Họ và tên: ……………………………………….
Ngày, tháng, năm sinh: ………………………...
Số báo danh: ……………………………………
Điểm Chữ ký giám khảo Số phách
Số:
Chữ:
I. Gạch chân câu trả lời đúng (A, B, C hoặc D) và viết câu trả lời đã chọn vào chỗ trống để hoàn
thành những câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. What do you do when _________________ warm?
A. there’s B. there C. its D. it’s
2. There is _______________ink-pot on the desk.
A. the B. a C. an D.
3. Look ___________ that man. He is looking ____________Jane but Jane isn’t here.
A. for - at B. at - for C. at - up D. for - up
4. This sign says “Stop”. You _______________ go straight ahead.
A. mustn’t B. must C. can D. can not
5. Tom and Tim are _____________ good friends. ____________ are very kind to us.
A. ours - They B. our - They C. our - Theirs D. ours – Them
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân trong các câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. Mr. Hai travels to work by car every morning.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. They often go swimming in the summer.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. My mother needs an apple.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Jane’s sister works in a hospital .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. These students have English on Tuesday and Friday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Chọn từ thích hợp điền vào câu. (2.5 điểm)
work, not eat, speak, sing, watch
1. Listen! The little girl __________________________ in the next room.
2. Erika usually ________________________________ television before going to bed.
3. ____________ the Pikes _______________________ in the garden now?
4. My grandmother _____________________________ meat at all.
5. _____________ you __________________________ any other languages apart from English?
IV. Mỗi câu sau có một lỗi sai. Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng. (2.5 điểm)
Phần chữa
1. What would you like buying at the school canteen?
2. She goes shopping always in the afternoon.
3. They have rice, meat and vegetables in lunch.
4. I want some breads and a bottle of milk.
5. The toy-store is to the left the bakery. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
V. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ thích hợp để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau. Chữ cái đầu tiên của từ được cho sẵn. (5 điểm)
Herry likes fishing. He fishes in the (1) r____________ near our house. On Sunday (2) a__________________, when he has no (3) w______________, he goes down to the river with a little water and some sandwiches and (4) f_______________ until it is quite dark. (5)T____________ are always a few other (6) p_______________ there. They love fishing, (7) t_____________ , and they all sit there quietly for (8) h______________. Sometimes they catch some fish, (9) s_______________ they do not. I do not like that kind of sport (10) b_________________ I am not very patient.
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu cho trước, bắt đầu bằng những từ gợi ý. (5 điểm)
1. My sister often walks to the supermarket.
=> My sister often goes ………………………………………………………………
2. Does your class have fifty students?
=> Are ……………………………………………………………………………… ?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at six forty-five.
=> Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a ………………………………………………………
4. He is in the bath at the moment.
=> He is ………………………… a …………………………………………………
5. What is the price of the tickets ?
=> How much ……………………………………………………………………… ?
THE END.
I. Gạch chân câu trả lời đúng và viết câu trả lời đã chọn vào chỗ trống. (2.5 điểm)
Mỗi câu đúng đựơc 0,5 điểm. Nếu thí sinh chỉ gạch chân mà không viết vào chỗ trống hoặc ngược lại thì chỉ được ½ số điểm.
1. D (it’s) 2. C (an) 3. B (at – for) 4. A (mustn’t) 5. B (our – They)
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân. (2.5 điểm)
Mỗi câu hỏi đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. How does Mr. Hai travel to work every morning?
2. What do they often do in the summer?
3. How many apples does your / my mother need ?
4. Where does Jane’s sister work ?
5. When do these students have English?
III. Điền từ vào chỗ trống
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,5 điểm
1. is singing 2. watches 3. Are …working 4. does not / doesn’t eat 5. Do…. speak
IV.Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng . (2.5 điểm)
Tìm được mỗi lỗi sai được 0,25 điểm. Chữa được lỗi sai đó được 0,25 điểm.
1. buying => to buy 2. goes shopping always => always goes shopping
3. in => for 4. breads => bread / loaves of bread
5. left => left of
V. Điền từ vào chỗ trống. (5 điểm)
Mỗi từ điền đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. river 2. afternoon(s) 3. work 4. fishes 5. There
6. people 7. too 8. hours 9. sometimes 10. because
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu cho trước, bắt đầu bằng những từ gợi ý. (5 điểm) Mỗi câu viết lại đúng được 1 điểm.
1. My sister often goes to the supermarket on foot.
2. Are there fifty students in your class?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a quarter to seven.
4. He is having / taking a bath at the moment.
5. How much do the tickets cost? / How much are the tickets?
Circle the odd one out.
Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced is differently from that of the others.
Choose the best answer.
like to read “Muc Tim” very much. It’s my magazine.
A. nice B. quick C. funny D. favourite 2.My close friend, Mai, has a face and hair.
A. big – black B. small – short C. round – black D. short – long 3.My best friend is kind and . He often makes me laugh.
A. funny B. nice C. shy D. boring 4.My brother has short _ hair.
A. a – straight B. Æ - long C. Æ - curly D. a – black 5.On Sunday Nam _ his parents in the field as usual.
A. helps B. help C. is helping D. helping 6.Can you _ me the apple, please?
A. move B. pass C. have D. turn 7.Mai is the phone, chatting _ friends.
A. on – to B. on – on C. to – with D. to – to
She is always at school, and helps other students with their homework.
hard B. hardly C. hard-working D. work hard
Diana is in the art club. She likes to paint pictures, and everyone enjoys them. She is very
.
shy B. kind C. funny D. Creative
10.On Saturday Tom’s parents him _ London to see the new film.
A. are taking – to B. taking – to C. are going – to D. are going – in
11.Next summer I am working as a _ teacher in a village near Hoa Binh City.
A. good B. nice C. favourite D. volunteer 12.The Summer Camp is for students between 10 and 15.
A. age B. aged C. aging D. ages
We are visiting a milk farm to see they milk, cheese, and butter.
why – do B. Æ - do C. how – make D. how – do
Linda has hair and big eyes.
blonde – small B. a black – blue C. blonde – blue D. black – long
The film is very, and we can’t see all of it.
A. exciting B. boring C. wonderful D. Easy
Our class is going to _ us? a picnic at the zoo on Saturday. Would you like to come with
A. have B. take C. pass D. go
17.It’s to go home. It’s so late.
A. now B. sure C. time D. like 18.Please turn the lights. The room is so dark.
A. with B. at C. in D. on
Can you _ the tables and chairs the next room? There are some more students.
A. move – to B. take – in C. move – in D. take – on 20.Daisy is very _ to take the rest. She is a very good student.
A. kind B. confident C. friendly D. talkative
Fill in each blank with a suitable verb.
What color Nam’s eyes?
What those?
She an oval face.
- Mai’s hair long or short?
- It short.
Ngan short black hair.
What color those bikes?
He tall and thin.
Toan an athlete. He very strong.
Give the correct form of verb at the simple tense and the continuous tense.
Sit down! A strange dog…........................... (run) to you.
My mom often................................ (buy) meat from the butcher’s.
My brothers................................ (not/ drink) coffee at the moment.
Look! Those people................................ (climb) the mountain so fast.
That girl................................ (cry) loudly in the party now.
These students always................................ (wear) warm clothes in summer.
What................................ (you/ do) in the kitchen?
I never................................ (eat) potatoes.
The 203 bus................................ (set off) every fifteen minutes.
Tonight we................................ (not/ go) to our teacher’s wedding party.
Fill in each blank with the correct adjective from the box.
He’s a little bit......................................... He likes to talk a lot.
She always has a smile with everyone.
Everyone is to me. They often help me when I need.
It is to sit on the plane with nothing to read.
She is very........................................ She writes poetry and paints.
It’s a really film; everyone laughs a lot.
Children are often of people they don’t know.
He is often at school and he always gets good marks.
The teacher wants the students to feel about asking questions when they don’t understand.
I’m not very at Math. I often make mistakes in calculations.
Read the text then give the correct form of verb.
It (0. be) is Sunday evening and my friends and I (1. be) ……………........ at Jane's birthday party. Jane (2. wear) ……………........a beautiful long dress and (3. stand)
……………........next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink).......................................................................................................... wine or beer
in the corner of the room. Some of her relatives (5. dance).......................................................................................................... in the middle of
the room. Most people (6. sit) ……………........on chairs, (7. enjoy).......................................................................................................... foods
and (8. chat) ……………........with one another. We often (9. go) ……………........to our friends' birthday parties. We always (10. dress) ……………........well and (11. travel)
……………........by taxi. Parties never (12. make)........................... us bored because we like
Read the passage carefully.
Nga is a good student. She is eleven. She is in grade 6. Every day, she gets up at six o’clock. After getting up, she washes her face, brushes her teeth. Then, she has breakfast with her family (her father, her mother and her brother). Her father is a doctor. He is forty- two years old. Her mother is a nurse. She is thirty- nine. Tam is her brother. He is a student. She goes to school after she gets dressed at 6.30. Her school is big. It has third floor and her classroom is on the second floor.
Choose True ( T ) or False ( F ) (2ms)Hãy chọn phương án True (T)or False (F)
Answer the questions. Hãy trả lời các câu sau
Which grade is Nga in?
……………………………………………………………
What time does she get up?
……………………………………………………………
Is her school big?
……………………………………………………………
Where is her classroom?
……………………………………………………………
Read the text carefully then answer the following questions.
Loan is twelve years old. She is in grade 6. She lives in a house in the city with her mother, father and sister. Their house is next to a bookstore. In the neighborhood, there is a restaurant, a market and a stadium. Loan's father works in the restaurant. Her mother works in the market. Loan goes to school at six fifteen in the morning. She has classes from six forty- five to eleven.
How many people are there in Loan's house?
g……………………………………………………………………
What is next to her house?
g……………………………………………………………………
What time do her classes start?
g……………………………………………………………………
What time do you go to school everyday?
g……………………………………………………………………
Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first.
Ex: There are twenty classes in our school.
→ Our school has twenty classes.
1/ Our school has forty-two classrooms
→There ..................................................................
2/ The bakery is to the left of my house
→ My house ............................................................
3/ Mr Minh has a son, Trung.
→ Mr Minh ..............................................................
4/ Trang is riding her bike to school.
→ Trang is going ....................................................
5/ Huyen walks to school every afternoon.
→ Huyen goes .......................................................
6/ Does your class have forty students?
→Are................................................................. ?
7/ That motorbike belongs to Mr Trung.
→ That is .................................................................
8/ Does your father cycle to work?
→ Does your father get....................................... ?
9/ He goes to work at seven fifteen.
→ He goes to work at a ............................................
10/ This exercise is very difficult and he can’t do it
→ This exercise is too ...............……..……….....…
Write the correct sentence using the cue words.
He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.
……………………………………………………………
You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
……………………………………………………………
I/ not/ go/ to school/ on weekends.
……………………………………………………………
John’s girlfriend/ wear/ a red T-shirt/ now.
……………………………………………………………
They/ like/ beer or wine?
……………………………………………………………
What/ he/ usually/ do/ at night?
……………………………………………………………
The teacher/ never/ lose/ his temper.
……………………………………………………………
Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?
……………………………………………………………
Choose the right words to fill the blanks.
Her name is Thi. (family/ full/ middle/ last)
I live 24B Dinh Tien Hoang Street. (in/ on/ to/ at)
How is it from the hospital to the bus stop? (far/ long/ high/ much)
My father likes jogging, and does my mother. (too/ so/ but/ when)
a lovely view! (When/ How/ Where/What)
They will _ badminton next Sunday. (play/ to play/ playing/ plays)
Which is the apartment? (best/ better/ most/ more)
Her date of birth is November fourth. (at/ on/ in/ of)
Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
Our friends (come) here soon.
My father never (drink) coffee.
I usually to school by bike but tomorrow I
_ to school by bus. (go)
He (visit) his grandparents next week.
Jane _ (play) the piano at present.
We (not invite) many friends to the party tonight.
I (be) rich someday.
Hurry up! We (wait) for you.
Make questions for the underlined words. Ex: They are fine.
-> How are they?
His telephone number is 8 259 640.
It’s about two kilometers from my house to the movie theater.
I will go camping next Sunday.
Her date of birth is on August 21st.
She will be fourteen on her next birthday.
My father is an engineer.
My address is 2/10B Ly Thuong Kiet Street.
He works in a hospital.
Match the item in column A with the item in column B.
Change into Exclamatory sentence.
The dinner is delicious.
She’s a wonderful mother.
They’re beautiful pictures.
The weather is very awful.
Read the passage. Then answer the questions.
Trung is a student in class 7A. His full name is Pham Quoc Trung. He is 13 years old now, but he will be 14 on his next birthday. Trung lives with his parents at 2/34 Nguyen Trai Street. Trung’s house isn’t large but it’s very comfortable. It has a bright living room, two lovely bedrooms and a large, mordern bathroom and kitchen. There is a small yard in front of his house. Trung’s mother grows flowers in the yard. According to Trung, his house is the nicest house.
What does Trung do?
What class is he in?
What’s his family name?
What’s his address?
Is Trung’s house big?
How many rooms are there in his house?
Is there a yard in front of his house?
Are there any flowers in the yard?
Choose the best answer:
Give the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1/ Trang usually (listen)…………….….. to the teacher in class, but she (not listen)
…………….…..now; she (look)........................... out of the window.
2/ Where is your father? -He (be) …………….…..in the bathroom. He (brush)
…………….…..his teeth. He (brush) …………….…..his teeth in the morning and evening.
3/ Your children (go)........................... to school by bus every day?
4/ There (be)........................... many flowers in your garden?
5/ Every day Mr Hung (not drive) …………….…..to work. He (travel)… to work by bike.
Fill in a word to complete the passage
I have a very close friend. Her name is Nga. She is twelve years old __(1) she is in grade six. She (2) speak English. She has English __(3) Tuesday and Friday. She can also (4)__ the piano. In her room, (5) is a piano and some books. Every day she gets up at six. She (6)__ breakfast at six thirty and goes to school at a (7) to seven. She has her __(8) from seven o’clock to eleven thirty. Then she (9)__back home and has lunch at twelve o’clock. It’s three o’clock in the afternoon now and Nga is in her room. She (10) playing the piano.
Find and correct the mistakes
1/ There are two benchs in my room.
……………………………………………………………………………
2/ Mr Hien isn’t live in a house in the country.
……………………………………………………………………………
3/ The Browns are traveling to Ho Chi Minh City in train.
……………………………………………………………………………
4/ There aren't a trees to the left of Lan's house.
……………………………………………………………………………
5/ That's my sister over there. She stands near the window
……………………………………………………………………………
6/ Do you know how many teachers does your school have?
……………………………………………………………………………
7/ I'm twenty-one year old and I' m a student.
……………………………………………………………………………
8/ This is Tuan. He is me classmate.
……………………………………………………………………………
9/ Our classroom is on the three floor.
……………………………………………………………………………
10/ What time your brother get up?
……………………………………………………………………………
Write the sentences using the cue words.
1/ She/ not have/ much time/ write/ friends.
……………………………………………………………………………
2/ Hoa's sister/ listen/ music/room/ the moment.
……………………………………………………………………………
3/ Mrs Hue/ children/ eating/ breakfast/ foodstall.
……………………………………………………………………………
4/ Your brother/ play/ volleyball/ yard/ now/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………
5/ Sign/ say/ that/ can't go / this street.
……………………………………………………………………………
6/ Who/ you/ wait/ five/ o'clock/ afternoon/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………
7/ There/ many road signs/ our street.
……………………………………………………………………………
8/ What/ your sister/ play/ morning?
……………………………………………………………………………
9/ They / not/ listen / music/ after dinner.
……………………………………………………………………………
10/ You/ T.V/ or / sports/ after school/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………
Read and answer the questions
Mr Bruce, 45 years old, is a teacher. He is English but he lives in France, in the village of Yerville. Mr Bruce lives in France but he works in England. Every Monday he leaves home at 2.30 in the morning and drives 101 miles from his village to Boulogne, where he leaves his car and catches the ferry to Folkstone. Then he catches the train to Maidstone in Kent and arrives at Manor school at 8.25. He teaches French from 9.00 in the morning to 3.30 in the afternoon, and then leaves school. He stays in Maidstone and only comes home on Friday every week.
Questions:
1/ How old is Mr Bruce?
……………………………………………………………………………
2/ Where does he work?
……………………………………………………………………………
3/ What time does he leave home to work on Monday?
……………………………………………………………………………
4/ How does he travel to Boulogne?
……………………………………………………………………………
5/ What does he teach?
……………………………………………………………………………
Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined
Find which word does not belong to each group.
Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D).
Complete the sentences with the Present simple or the Present continuous form of the verbs.
They often (visit) their parents in the holidays.
We (speak) French at the moment.
I (watch) TV about 3 hours a day.
My family usually (go) to the movies on Sunday.
Look at the girl! She (ride) a horse.
We (play) tennis now.
Minh sometimes (practice) the guitar in his room.
you (like) chocolate ice cream?
I really (like) cooking.
Hung can’t answer the phone because he (take) _a shower.
Fill in each blank with a suitable verb.
She an oval face.
- Mai’s hair long or short?
- It short.
He tall and thin.
Toan an athlete. He very strong.
Ngan short black hair.
What color those bikes?
What color Nam’s eyes?
What those?
IV. Complete the passage with a suitable preposition.
We have English lessons (1) Room 12. There are 24 tables for students and one desk for the teacher. (2) the walls, there are a lots of posters of England. There’s a cupboard at the front of the room and
(3) the cupboard, there is a TV and DVD player. Sometimes we watch films. There are some bookshelves (4) the classroom. (5) the shelves, there are a lot of English books. Our books are (6) the teacher’s desk. He wants to look at our homework. Our school bags are (7) the floor, and there is some food (8) the school bags. It’s now 5.30 pm. We are (9) home, but our teacher is (10) _
school. He often stays late to prepare for tomorrow’s lessons.
Reorder the words and write the meaning sentences.
city / beautiful / a / Ho Chi Minh / is.
..............................................................................................................
green fields / there / are.
..............................................................................................................
dog / it’s / friendly / a.
..............................................................................................................
student / Minh / new / a / is.
..............................................................................................................
television / big / a / there’s.
..............................................................................................................
new / four / there / cars / are.
..............................................................................................................
are / two / pizza / there / big.
..............................................................................................................
ten / are / desks / small / there.
..............................................................................................................
Choose True ( T ) or False ( F )
Answer the questions
She is in grade 6.
She gets up at six o’clock.
Yes, it is.
Her clasroom is on the second floorIX.
There are 4 people.
Their house is next to a bookstore.
Her classes start from six forty-five to eleven.
I often go to school at six fifteen every day.
X.
There are forty-two classrooms in our school.
My house is to the right of the bakery.
Mr Minh is Trung’s father.
Trang is going to school by bike.
Huyen goes to school on foot every afternoon.
Are there forty students in your class?
That is Trung’s motorbike.
Does your father get to work by bike?
He goes to work at a quarter past seven.
This exercise is too difficult for him to do.
XI.
He often has breakfast late.
Are you doing the housework at the moment?
I do not go to school on weekends.|I don't go to school on weekends.
John's girlfriend is wearing a red T-shirt now.
Do they like beer or wine?
What does he usually do at night?
The teacher never loses his temper.
Why are you listening to music loudly now?
I.
II.
III.
1.middle 2.at
1.will come 2.drinks
3.far 4.so
3.go – will go 4.will visit
5.What 6.play
5.is playing 6.won’t invite
7. best 8.on
will be 8.are waitingWhat’s his telephone number?
How far is it from your house to the movie theater?
When will you camping?
What’s her date of birth?How old will she be on her next birthday?
What does your father do?
What’s your address?
Where does she work?
IV.
1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B
V.
1.What a delicious dinner! 2.What a wonderful mother! 3.What beautiful pictures!
4.What awful weather!
VI.
He is a student.
He is in class 7A.
His family name is Pham.
It is at 2/34 Nguyen Trai Street.
No, it isn’t.
There are five rooms.
Yes, there is.
Yes, there are.
TEST 3
I.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. A
II.
listens, isn’t listening, is looking
is, is brushing, brushes
Do…..go
Are there
doesn’t drive, travels
III.
benchs -> benches
isn’t -> doesn’t
in -> by
a -> any
stands -> standing
does your school have -> your school has
year -> years
me -> my
three -> third
thiếu does
V.
She doesn’t have much time to write to her friends.
Hoa’s sister is listening to music in her room at the moment.
Mrs Hue and her children are eating breakfast at the foodstall.
Is your father playing volleyball in the yard now?
Sign says that you can’t go on this street.
Who are you waiting at five o’clock in the afternoon?
There are many road signs on our street.
What does your sister often play in the morning?
They don’t listen to music after dinner.
Do you watch TV or play sports after school?
VI.
He 45 years old.
He works in England.
He leaves home at 2.30 in the morning.
He travels to Boulogne by car.
He teaches French.
I.
1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. C
II.
1. B. 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B
III.
1. C 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. B 19. C 20. D
21. C 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. B
IV.
1. often 2. are speaking 3. watch 4. goes 5. is riding
6. are playing7. practice 8. Do…like 9. like 10. is taking
V.
1. has 2. Is/ is 3. is 4. is/is
Ho Chi Minh is a beautiful city.
There are green fields.
It’s a friendly dog.
Minh is a new student.
There’s a big television.
There are four new cars.
There are two big bizza.
There are ten small desks.
SỞ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO TẠO HÀ NỘI
TRƯỜNG THPTDL M.V.LÔMÔNÔXỐP ĐỀ KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG VÀO LỚP 6
(Học sinh làm bài vào đề thi này)
Khoanh tròn một từ không cùng nhóm với các từ còn lại: (1 điểm)
1. a. her b. their c. our d. it
2. a. is b. does c. am d. are
3. a. boys b. key c. bicycle d. banana
4. a. chalk b. eraser c. house d. school-bag
Khoanh tròn đáp án thích hợp để hoàn thành các câu sau: (1 điểm)
1. There ……………... twenty desks in this room.
a. am b. is c. are d. do
2. My father …………..……. like speaking English.
a. isn’t b. aren’t c. doesn’t d. don’t
3. How many ……………….…. are there in your house? – Only one.
a. television b. televisions c. televisiones d. television’s
4. This is my new teacher. ……………… name is Mai.
a. Her b. Your c. She d. He
Ghép các câu hỏi với câu trả lời sao cho phù hợp: (2 điểm)
Sắp xếp từ xáo trộn thành câu hoàn chỉnh và viết hoa từ ở đầu câu: (2 điểm)
VD: they / where / from / are → Where are they from?
Hello, this is my new friend. His name is Michael. He is twenty seven (1) ………..…….. old. He (2) ……..………….. a doctor in a hospital. He isn’t married. He (3) ……..………….. a brother and a sister. He lives in a house with his family in Chicago. He (4) …..………….. Pop music very much.
* Trả lời câu hỏi: (2 điểm)
I. Khoanh tròn một từ không cùng nhóm với các từ còn lại: (1 điểm) ( ¼ điểm cho 1 câu )
1- d. it 2- b. does 3- a. boys 4- c. house
II. Khoanh tròn đáp án thích hợp để hoàn thành các câu sau: (1 điểm) ( ¼ điểm cho 1 câu )
1. c- are 2. c- doesn’t 3. b- televisions 4. a- Her
III. Ghép các câu hỏi với câu trả lời sao cho phù hợp: (2 điểm) ( ¼ điểm cho 1 câu )
IV. Sắp xếp từ xáo trộn thành câu hoàn chỉnh: (2 điểm) ( ½ điểm cho 1 câu )
John live in Ho Chi Minh city .
When do you go swimming?
I don’t like fish and chicken.
Is this your pen?
V. Điền một từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống: (2 điểm) ( ½ điểm cho 1 câu )
1. years 2. is 3. has 4. loves
Trả lời câu hỏi: (2 điểm) ( ½ điểm cho 1 câu trả lời )
He is a doctor.
No, he isn’t.
Yes, he does.
He lives in a house in Chicago.
I. PHONETICS
1.1. Choose the word whose main stress is different from the others.
1. A. promotion B. engineering C. divorce D. impossible
2. A. active B. serious C. selfish D. announcement
1.2. Choose the word whose underlined part is differently pronounced from the others.
1. A. arrival B. champion C. athletics D. accountant
2. A. surgeon B. underground C. interrupt D. button
II. READING COMPREHENSION
2.1. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C, or D fits each space.
People in many countries grow fresh water fish from eggs. They move the small fish into lakes and rivers. The fish live and (1) ________there. People go (2) ________in these lakes and rivers. They enjoy catching fish because fish is also good food. Now the Japanese grow salt water fish. Most of them are yellow tail fish. Workers grow the fish from eggs. Every time they feed the fish, they play (3) ________of piano music. The fish (4) ________that piano music means food. When the fish are small, the Japanese put them into the ocean near the land. The fish find some of their (5) ________food. Workers also feed them. They play the same piano music. The fish (6) ________know the music. They swim toward it and (7) ________the food. In (8) ________months the fish are large. The Japanese play the same music. The fish swim toward it and the workers (9) ________them. The Japanese get about 15 percent of their seafood (10) ________farms in the ocean.
1. a. bred b. born c. grow d. develop
2. a. enjoying b. fishing c. shopping d. catching
3. a. songs b. films c. tapes d. lots
4. a. think b. recognise c. realize d. learn
5. a. own b. private c. self d. individual
6. a. recently b. mostly c. nearly d. already
7. a. see b. find c. bite d. hold
8. a. few b. a few c. couple d. many
9. a. grasp b. catch c. seize d. hold
10. a. on b. of c. from d.in
2.2. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Past explorers have made vast contributions to our knowledge of the world today. They braved the oceans to discover the world and to bring their goods to other countries to trade.
Many explorers had to overcome their fear of the unknown to travel around the world on their sailing ships. Submitting themselves to unpredictable weather conditions, each explorer either traveled further than his predecessor or tried to find a different route to already discovered countries. For example, Vasco Da Gama, a Portuguese explorer, established a sea route from Europe to India. He had extended the sea route that Bartolomeu Dias had already done when he latter sailed around the Cape of Good Hope in southern Africa.
More importantly, explorers first closed the gap between the east and the west by trading their local goods with foreign ones. India was known for its spices such as nutmeg and cinnamon while China was known for its silk. A part of the east was brought to the west when western gourmets developed a taste for eastern spices in their food. People in the east dressed in clothes that were previously only worn in the west. Without the explorers, many of us would still be living in our own enclave with little knowledge of the vast world and what other foreign countries have to offer us.
1. Past explorers contributed to our knowledge of the world by_________
A. making new good B. selling their goods at high prices
C. traveling to other countries D. spending time reading about foreign countries
2. Past explorers were probably fearful of________.
A. swimming in the ocean B. the dangers that lurked in unexplored places
C. being in their sailing ships for a long time D. trying to predict the weather conditions
3. Explorers who traveled to countries that others had already been to would make sure that they________
A. sold new goods to those countries
B. bought new goods from those countries
C. explored new areas in the countries
D. found another way of going to those countries
4. The act of selling their local goods to a foreign country allowed the explorers to____.
A. earn more money B. think about visiting other countries as well
C. grow different types of spices D. find out more about that country
5. Based on the third paragraph, the________of people changed when they came into contact with foreigners.
A. clothing and lifestyle B. speech and lifestyle
C. clothing and jobs D. family structure and clothing
III. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY
3.1. Choose the best option to complete the sentences.
1. The ticket machine in the station was out of ......... so I couldn’t buy a ticket for my train.
A. Order B. broken C. vacant D. work
2. ............is a complete mystery how they ever got there in that car.
A. There B. That C. It D. This
3. We had so many problems with the car that ............we sold it and bought a new one.
A. At the end B. in the end C. by the end D. to the end
4. I did not agree with the decisions the............made last night. We lost the game because of him.
A. Competitor B. supporter C. champion D. referee
5. His parents thinks it is time he ............married.
A. Will get B. gets C. got D. would get
6. I had to ............early last morning because I was going to board a ferry but I had to wait to check out.
A. Reach B. unpack C. set off D. arrived
7. Before entering the room you’d better.........your shoes.
A. Carry on B. take off C. take in D. put on
8. They saw bright............in the sky during the storm.
A. Flood B. freeze C. hurricane D. flashes of lightning
9. I regret to inform you that your............for this post has not been successful.
A. CV B. career C. application D. celebration
10. Lack of funds prevented him from............with his study.
A. To continue B. continued C. continue D. continuing
3.2. Put the correct form of words.
1. I would be grateful if you could tell me something about the pay and the possibilities of ........................(PROMOTE)
2. Sheila is very .....................(PROFESSION). She turn up on time, works hard and does a good job.
3. People are .............................. (CONFUSE) about all the different labels on food these days.
Promotion - professional - confused
3.3. Synonyms and antonyms
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
1. Many scientists agree that global warming poses great threats to all species on Earth.
A. risks B. annoyances C. fears D. irritations
2. When their rent increased from 200 to 400 a month, they protested against such a tremendous increase.
A. light B. huge C. tiring D. difficult
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions
1. Punctuality is imperative in your new job.
A. Being late B. Being cheerful C. Being courteous D. Being efficient
2. We’d better speed up if we want to get there in time.
A. slow down B. put down C. turn down D. lie down
3.4. CONVERSATION
1. Jim: “What about collecting used paper, bottles and plastic bags everyday?”
Ha and Mai: “ _______ ”
A. Because they can pollute the environment B. How come? Who can do that?
C. That’s a very good idea. Let’s do that. D. What about this weekend
2. Phuong: “I’m taking my TOEFL test tomorrow”
Daisy: “ ____________ ”
Good fortune B. Good luck C. Good outcome D. Good success
IV. WRITING
4.1. Rewrite the sentences without changing their meaning using the given words.
1. She started working as a secretary five years ago.
She has ..........................................................................................
2. "Don't forget to phone the office," she told him.
She reminded .................................................................................
3. The furniture was so expensive that I didn't buy it.
The furniture was too............................................................
4. You may get hungry on the train, so take some sandwiches. (CASE)
........................................................................................
5. I would like you to help me to put the chairs away.
Do you mind ................................................................................…
4.1. Write a meaningful sentence using given words.
1. We / should / stop / destroy / forests / because / they / important / environment /
..........................................................................................................................................
2. She / suggest / go / for / walk.
..........................................................................................................................................
3. I / be / write / tell / you / my holiday / here / Ha Long
..........................................................................................................................................
4. She / looking forward / see / boyfriend / again.
..........................................................................................................................................
5. Life expectancy/ craft village residents/ be/ lower/ rest of Vietnam.
.......................................................................................................................................…
ĐÁP ÁN
I. PHONETICS
1.1. Choose the word whose main stress is different from the others.
1 - B; 2 - D;
1.2. Choose the word whose underlined part is differently pronounced from the others.
1 - B; 2 - A;
II. READING COMPREHENSION
2.1. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C, or D fits each space.
1 - d; 2 - b; 3 - c; 4 - c; 5 - a;
6 - d; 7 - b; 8 - b; 9 - b; 10 - c;
2.2. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
1 - C; 2 - B; 3 - D; 4 - D; 5 - A;
III. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY
3.1. Choose the best option to complete the sentences.
1 - A; 2 - C; 3 - B; 4 - D; 5 - C;
6 - C; 7 - B; 8 - D; 9 - C; 10 - D;
3.2. Put the correct form of words.
1 - Promotion; 2 - professional; 3 - confused;
3.3. Synonyms and antonyms
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
1 - A; 2 - B;
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions
1 - A; 2 - A;
3.4. CONVERSATION
1 - C; 2 - B;
IV. WRITING
4.1. Rewrite the sentences without changing their meaning using the given words.
She has worked as a secretary for five years.
She reminded him to phone the office.
The furniture was too expensive for me to buy.
In case you get hungry on the train, take some sandwiches.
Do you mind helping me to put the chairs away?
4.1. Write a meaningful sentence using given words.
We should stop destroying forests because they are important to our/ the environment.
She suggested going out for a walk.
She suggested that we should go out for a walk.
I am writing to tell you about my holiday here in Ha Long
She is looking forward to seeing her boyfriend again.
Life expectancy of craft village residents is lower than the rest of Vietnam.
ĐỀ ANH VÀO 6 HA NỘI
ARCHIMEDES NĂM 2020 - 2021 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN
ARCHIMEDES NĂM 2020 - 2021 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN
Đ
ÁP ÁN
Question 1: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTERS pronounced differently from the
rest?
A. CHildren
B. riCH
C.CHange
D. CHemistry
Question 2: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTERS pronounced differently from the
rest?
A. wishES
B. practicES
C.activitiES
D. beachES
Question 3: Odd one out
A. correct B. accurate C.true D. wrong
Question 4: Odd one out
A. harbour B. station C.bridge D. airport
Question 5: Peter’s father _______, but Bill’s father ______ smoke.
A. Smokes/don’t
B. smokes/doesn’t
C. smoke/don’t
D. smoke/isn’t
Question 6: Max didn’t _____ yesterday afternoon, he ____ at home.
A. Go out/stayed
B. Go out/stays
C. went out/ stayed
D. went out/ stay.
Question 7: Jessica is as tall _____ her mother.
A. as
B. like
C.than
D. More
Question 8: Shop assistants work __________, but they don’t earn much money.
A. harder
B. hardly
C. hard
D. hardest
Question 9: You ____ come with me If you don’t want to. I’ll go on my own.
A. must
B. should
C. may
D. don’t have to
Question 10: There are many good ______ in our body to help us digest and break down food.
A. viruses
B. cells
C. bacteria
D. disease
Question 11: When you sneeze, you first ______ air into your body quickly.
A. exhale
B. shrink
C.live
D. inhale
Question 12: Jack used his ______ cup to drink tea this morning.
A. New, china, coffee
B. new, coffee, china
C. coffee, new, china
D. china, new, coffee
Question 13: He bought a ______ sweater for his mom’s birthday.
A. British, red, woolen
B. British, red, grey
C. Red, woolen, British
D. Red, British, woolen.
Question 14: When I arrived at the party, there were many people there. First, I saw Bill _____ near the bar. Beyonce was with some friends and was singing her latest song.
A. talked to some men in Spanish
B. who was drinking a bottle of vodka
C. drank a glass of red wine
D. and were chatting about our next party.
Question 15: Mrs Knowles and her three sons were driving from Perth to Adelaide one morning. When she was a light flashing on the road ahead, she slowed down___________ . Suddenly, a strange light seemed to be on the top of the car, sucking it up off the road before dropping it down again.
A. agreeing to inspect the old car.
B. thinking that the driver must have been tired
C. feeling scared and under control
D. thinking that it was a traffic signal
Correct each word in parentheses ( ) for spelling and in quotions marks “ ” for grammar.
Ben was afraid (16) “to” going to school because of Brad. Brad was a school (17) (buly). He often (18) (terrrified) the other students at school. Ben was much (19) “small”, so Brad picked (20) “to” him. Ben (21) (consirdered) telling his teacher, but he was afraid that Brad would become really (22) “anger” with him. Ben’s mother was (23) (fuwroius) when she knew about this. She (24) “gone” to school with Ben to see his principal. Brad was (25) “surprising” to see Ben’s mother, he didn’t think Ben would dare tell his mom. In the principal’s office. Brad (26) (appolorgizered) and promised he (27) “won’t” do it again.
Here are these examples:
Ex1: (Ysesterdya) thành Yesterday
Ex2: “make” thành made
Correct each word in parentheses ( ) for spelling and in quotions marks “ ” for grammar.
Every (28) “children” (29) “liked” to watch a clown. This is because clowns look (30) “amuse” in (31) “his” costumes, an (32) (ernormos) wig and the (33) (sinagtrue) red nose. Peals of laughter are (34) (otfen) heard (35) (whenervor) a clown is around. A clow’s (36) (fatial) expressions never (37) “fails” to lift a child’s spirit. However, some children don’t like clowns because they may sometimes (38) “looks” scary. Nowadays, clowns even (39) (apeer) in (40) (horer) movies.
Here are these examples:
Ex1: (Ysesterdya) thành Yesterday
Ex2: “make” thành made
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - D; 2 - C; 3 - D; 4 - C; 5 - B;
6 - A; 7 - A; 8 - C; 9 - D; 10 - C;
11 - D; 12 - A; 13 - D; 14 - B; 15 - D;
16 - of; 17 - bully; 18 - terrified; 19 - smaller;
20 - on; 21 - considered; 22 - angry; 23 - furious;
24 - went; 25 - surprised; 26 - apologized; 27 - wouldn’t;
28 - child; 29 - would like; 30 - amusing;31 - their;
32 - enormous; 33 - signature; 34 - often; 35 - whenever;
36 - facial; 37 - fail; 38 - look; 39 - appear; 40 - horror;
ĐỀ ANH VÀO 6 HA NỘI
ARCHIMEDES NĂM 2020 - 2021 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN
ARCHIMEDES NĂM 2020 - 2021 CÓ ĐÁP ÁN
Question 1: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTER pronounced differently from the rest?
A. viSit
B. eaSily
C. inSide
D. reaSon
Question 2: Which word has the part in CAPITAL LETTER pronounced differently from the rest?
A. paintED
B. helpED
C. addED
D. invitED
Question 3: Odd one out
A. delicious B. bitter C. sour D. spicy
Question 4: Odd one out
A. singer
B. cooker
C. postman
D. surgeon
Question 5: I like _____, but I ____ like swimming.
A. sail- do
B. sailing- doesn’t
C. sail- don’t
D. sailing- don’t
Question 6: Where ____ you ___ on holiday last year?
A. did- went
B. go- didC. do- go
D. did- go
Question 7: Bella is _____ than her sister.
A. more nice
B. more nicer
C. much nicer
D. much more nicer
Question 8: The teacher was ____ when nobody did the homework.
A. annoyed
B. annoying
C. annoyingly
D. annoys
Question 9: If you’ve got a ticket, you ____ queue. You can go straight in.
A. shouldn’t
B. don’t have to
C. have to
D. should
Question 10: We waited____ you____ 11.00.
A. at- to
B. for- until
C. with- since
D. for- to
Question 11: Nick always remembers to say “please” and “thank you”. He is very ____ .
A. genius
B. polite
C. rude
D. talkative
Question 12: Could you please pass me the ____ cups?
A. plastic big blue
B. big blue plastic
C. big plastic blue
D. blue plastic big
Question 13: I watched an _____ movie with my friends at home.
A. old American interesting
B. old interesting American
C. American old interesting
D. interesting old American
Question 14: Yesterday, I returned from my short holiday camping in Scotland. I went with Melissa, my friend that you met ____ . Do you remember her? We stayed in her tent in a campsite near Edinburgh, but the weather was terrible.
A. and we can practise English together
B. and other historical places
C. whole four days
D. the last time you were here
Question 15: There was once a young boy who couldn’t control his temper. When he came angry, he would just say anything______.
A. he thought was funny B. crossed his mind and made people laugh
C. came to his mind and hurt people D. made everyone feel optimistic
Question 16-25: Correct each word in parentheses () for spelling and in quotation marks “ “ for grammar.
Jason looked forward to (16) "have" tests and exams in school. He studied hard for them because his parents (17) "will" give him rewards whenever he did well. When Jason (18) (suceded) in scoring full marks for his weekly spelling tests, he (19) (recived) his favourite action figures. When he did well for his exams, he would be (20) "takes" to the largest toy store in town. There, he could buy anything he (21) "want". Although Jason was a conscientious boy, he only worked hard (22) (bicouse) he was rewarded. Since he was not rewarded for his (23) (dayly) work, he did it (24) "bad". He also did not (25) "handed" in his work on time. ** Here are the examples:
(Ex1) (Ysesterdya) => Yesterday I
(Ex2) “make” a cake. => made
Question 26-40: Correct each word in parentheses () for spelling and in quotation marks “ “ for grammar.
Everyone in my family (26) “left” the house after (27) (brakefast) every morning. My parents go to work while my brother and I go to school. We leave the house (28) “in” the same time. We take the lift to the (29) (grund) floor together but (30) “one” the lift door opens, we move in different (31) (diretiens). My parents (32) (hade) towards the car park. My brother and I walk towards the bus stop. (33) (Nomaly) buses arrive every fifteen minutes to pick up (34) “on”, but this morning we had been waiting for half an hour before the bus showed up. As (35) “the” result, both of (36) “we” were (37) (punised) for being late for school. My brother had to (38) “cleaning” up the school (39) (inviroment) whereas I was made to sing in front of class. (40) “ How” an awful day!
** Here are the examples:
(Ex1) (Ysesterdya) => Yesterday
(Ex2) “make” a cake => made
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - C; 2 - B; 3 - A; 4 - B; 5 - D;
6 - D; 7 - C; 8 - A; 9 - B; 10 - B;
11 - B; 12 - B; 13 - D; 14 - D; 15 - C;
16 - having; 17 - would; 18 - succeeded; 19 - Received; 20 - taken;
21 - wanted; 22 - because; 24 - daily; 24 - badly; 25 - hand;
26 - leaves; 27 - breakfast; 28 - at; 29 - ground; 30 -once;
31 - directions; 32 - head; 33 - Normally; 34 - us; 35 - a;
36 - us; 37 - punished; 38 - clean; 39 - environment; 40 - What;
ĐỀ ANH VÀO 6 HA NỘI
TRƯỜNG THCS CẦU GIẤY HÀ NỘI
TRƯỜNG THCS CẦU GIẤY HÀ NỘI
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. grandparents B. brothers C. uncles D. fathers
2. A. request B. project C. neck D. exciting
3. A. Thursday B. thanks C. these D. birthday
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. visit B. repaint C. wish D. house
5. A. Korea B. Japanese C. Scottish D. Dutch
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. My sister likes going to the cinema __________ I like watching TV at home.
A. and B. but C. because D. or
7. I like watching football matches, but I am not very good __________ playing football.
A. at B. in C. on D. for
8. __________ sports do you like watching on TV?
A. How B. What C. Do D. How often
9. When you go to the zoo, don't __________ the animals.
A. play B. do C. tease D. watch
10. Playing sports helps us get __________.
A. fat B. free C. fittest D. fitter
11. I __________ her since I __________ a student.
A. know/ am B. knew/ was C. have known/ am D. have known/ was
12. When we were in Stockholm, we had coffee and cakes __________ a coffee shop __________ the Old Town.
A. on - on B. at - at C. in - in D. on - at
13. This is the first time that I __________ a 3D film.
A. watch B. watched C. have ever watched D. have never watched
14. I usually play football when I have __________.
A. spare time B. good time C. no time D. times
15. Nam plays sports very often, so he looks very __________.
A. sport B. sports C. sporty D. sporting
IV. Give the correct form of the words.
16. There are lots of __________ (beauty) beaches in Viet Nam.
17. Air __________ (pollute) is a big problem in the big cities.
18. Spring is __________ (warm) than Fall. But Summer is the __________ (hot) season of a year.
19. His (tooth) __________ are small and white.
20. I go to visit my grandparents (one) __________ a month.
V. Match the questions with the answers.
Questions | Answers |
| 21. What is the name of your favourite TV programme? | a) Because they are colourful and funny. |
| 22. Why do you like the programme? | b) It's Steven Spielberg. |
| 23. How many hours a day do you watch? | c) In California, USA. |
| 24. What time is the cartoon on? | d) In 1926. |
| 25. Who is the director of the film? | e) Because it is very exciting. |
| 26. What channel is the film on? | f) Twice a week, usually at weekend. |
| 27. Why do you like cartoons? | g) About two hours a day. |
| 28. When did John Logie Baird make the first TV set? | h) It's the Science programme. |
| 29. How often do you watch football on TV? | i) It's on VTV3 |
| 30. Where is Hollywood? | j) It's at 7:30 pm. |
Sydney is the (31) __________ of the state New South Wales in Australia. It is the largest, oldest, and perhaps the (32) __________ beautiful city in Australia. Sydney has a population of 4.5 million. Its Harbour is one of the largest in the world, and famous (33) __________ the Harbour Bridge and the Opera House. The streets in the city centre are narrow (34) __________ many art galleries, restaurants, pubs, but the streets in Paddington are (35) __________ and houses are big.
31. A. home B. site C. capital D. village
32. A. more B. most C. less D. fewer
33. A. with B. for C. in D. at
34. A. on B. at C. to D. with
35. A. narrow B. short C. long D. wide
VII. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Many people who work in London prefer to live outside it, and to go to their offices, factories or schools everyday by train, car or bus, even though this means they have to get up earlier in the morning and come home later in the evening.
One advantage of living outside London is that houses are cheaper. Even a small flat in London without a garden costs quite a lot to rent. With the same money, one can get a little house in the country with a garden of one's own.
Then, in the country one can rest from the noise and hurry of the town. Although one has to get up earlier and spend more time in trains or buses, one can sleep better at night, and during weekends. In summer evenings one enjoy the fresh, clean air of the country. If one likes gardens, one can spend one's free time digging, planting, watering and doing the hundred and one other jobs which are needed in a garden.
36. What do many people who work in London prefer?
____________________________________________________________
37. What is one advantage of living outside London?
____________________________________________________________
38. What can a person enjoy when he lives in the country?
____________________________________________________________
39. What can a person get in the country with the same money of a small flat in London?
____________________________________________________________
40. What can a person with the interest in gardening do in the country?
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. Is there a colorful picture in your room?
à Does ____________________________________________________________?
42. Peter is the best at English in his class.
à Nobody ____________________________________________________________
43. Let’s have a picnic in the park on the weekend.
à Why ____________________________________________________________
44. My house is near the supermarket.
à My house is not _____________________________________________________
45. How much are these red notebooks?
à What ____________________________________________________________?
X. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
46. The party wil start at seven o’clock in the morning.
____________________________________________________________
47. Pokémon cartoons are made in Japan.
____________________________________________________________
48. I like TV game shows best.
____________________________________________________________
49. TV viewers can know about the weather in their regions from the weather forecast.
____________________________________________________________
50. It took Dr Phong 10 minutes to fill Van’s tooth.
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. A 2. D 3. C
II.
4. D 5. A
III.
6. B 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D 11. D 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. C
IV.
16. beautiful
17. pollution
18. warmer - hottest
19. teeth
20. once
V.
21. h 22. e 23. g 24. j 25. b 26. i 27. a 28. d 29. f 30. c
VI.
31. C 32. B 33. B 34. D 35. D
VII.
36. Many people who work in London prefer to live outside it.
37. One advantage of living outside London is that houses are cheaper.
38. They can enjoy the fresh, clean air of the country.
39. One can get a little house in the country with a garden of one's own.
40. One can spend one's free time digging, planting, watering and doing the hundred and one other jobs which are needed in a garden.
VIII.
41. Does your room have a colorful picture?
42. Nobody in Peter’s class is so/as good at English as him.
43. Why don’t we have a picnic in the park on the weekend?
44. My house is not far from the supermarket.
45. What is the price of these red notebooks?
IX.
46. What time will the party start in the morning?
47. Where are Pokemon cartoons made?
48. What do you like best?
49. How can TV viewers know about the weather in their regions?
50. How long did it take Dr Phong to fill Van’s tooth?
ĐỀ ANH VÀO 6 HA NỘI
TRƯỜNG THCS CẦU GIẤY HÀ NỘI
TRƯỜNG THCS CẦU GIẤY HÀ NỘI
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. city B. center C. country D. cigarette
2. A. helped B. wanted C. sounded D. suggested
3. A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. walk B. compass C. plaster D. sleeping bag
5. A. forest B. mountain C. lake D. city
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. Please turn __________ the lights. The room is so dark.
A. with B. at C. in D. on
7. Can you __________ the tables and chairs __________ the next room? There are some more students.
A. move – to B. take – in C. move – in D. take – on
8. I am having a math lesson but I forgot my __________. I have some difficulty.
A. calculator B. bike C. pencil case D. pencil sharpener
9. __________ you like a cup of tea?
A. Would B. Will C. What D. does
10. __________ Mai and Lan are interested in listening to music.
A. because B. both C. neither D. so
11. The book is __________ the adventure of three close friends.
A. on B. from C. at D. about
12. They invite special __________ to appear in the show.
A. character B. guests C. foxes D. audiences.
13. "What is your __________. TV programme?" - "It's cartoons"
A. good B. favourite C. best D. like
14. "__________ do you like the Modern English programme?
- Because it helps me with my English.
A. What B. How C. When D. Why
15. My father works late tomorrow, so he will __________ the first part of the film on VTV1.
A. miss B. lose C. forget D. cut
IV. Complete the following sentences with the words in the box.
| and | but | so | because | although |
17. __________ the newsreader speaks really fast, my father can hear everything.
18. The animal programme is so late __________ I can’t wait for it.
19. Some game shows are popular, __________ I never watch them.
20. My sister is a weatherwoman, __________ my father is a newsreader.
V. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition.
21. I’m not familiar __________ that book. Who it?
22. John’s thermos bottle is full __________ coffee.
23. Kathy was absent __________ lass yesterday.
24. Are you ready __________ the test?
25. The school cafeteria only opens __________ lunchtime.
VI. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
26. London is a expensive city.
____________________________________________________________
27. The party was such boring that I decided to leave early.
____________________________________________________________
28. My father’s office are on the second floor.
____________________________________________________________
29. Peter earned many money last year
____________________________________________________________
30. How long does it take you getting to school?
____________________________________________________________
VII. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.
31. The shop __________ showed me a lot of new models. (assist)
32. If you want to get more __________, please contact Mr. Phong. (inform)
33. It’s a good restaurant; the food there is very __________. (taste)
34. He fell off the bike, but his __________ were not serious. (injure)
35. You shouldn’t talk about her character only through her __________. (appear)
VIII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.
Last month Lan's father (36) __________ her to a glass factory. They visited the recycling workshop where the broken glass was smashed (37) __________ small pieces, and the glass was washed with a particular detergent liquid. After that, it was dried up and mixed (38) __________ some chemicals. The mixture was put into a very (39) __________ temperature furnace to melt into liquid. The workers in the factory used long pipes (40) __________ the liquid into a variety of shapes. All the glassware looks nice. Lan was very impressed by the journey.
36. A. asked B. took C. told D. gave
37. A. under B. into C. in D. on
38. A. in B. of C. up D. with
39. A. high B. strong C. low D. weak
40. A. change B. to make C. to blow D. to have
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. I accomplished this task in three months.
à It took ____________________________________________________
42. The café has a lot of tables.
à There ____________________________________________________
43. New York has more billionaires than Tokyo.
à Tokyo ____________________________________________________
44. Mr Lam lived in the country when he was a child.
à Mr. Lam used ______________________________________________
45. You forgot to turn off the T.V last night, didn't you?
à You didn't remember ________________________________________?
V. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
46. The Wingless Penguin is about the adventure of a child penguin who has no win.
____________________________________________________________
47. I went to bed at 11 o’clock last night.
____________________________________________________________
48. She bought that dictionary because she didn’t know many English words.
____________________________________________________________
49. She will be fourteen on her next birthday.
____________________________________________________________
50. It’s about two kilometers from my house to the movie theater.
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. C 2. A 3. C
II.
4. A 5. D
III.
6. D 7. A 8. A 9. A 10. B 11. D 12. B 13. B 14. D 15. A
IV.
16. because 17. Although 18. so 19. but 20. and
V.
21. with 22. of 23. from 24. for 25. at
VI.
26. a -> an
27. such -> so
28. are -> is
29. many -> much
30. getting -> to get
VII.
31. assistant 32. information 33. tasty 34. injury 35. appearance
VIII.
36. B 37. B 38. D 39. A 40. C
IX.
41. It took me three months to accomplish this task.
42. There are a lot of tables in the café.
43. Tokyo doesn’t have as/so many billionaires as New York.
44. Mr. Lam used to live in the country when he was a child.
45. You didn’t remember to turn off the T.V last night, did you?
X.
46. What is the Wingless Penguin about?
47. What time did you go to bed last night?
48. Why did she buy that dictionary?
49. How old will she be on her next birthday?
50. How far is it from your house to the movie theater?
ĐỀ ANH VÀO 6 HA NỘI
TRƯỜNG THCS GIẢNG VÕ HÀ NỘI 2011-2012
TRƯỜNG THCS GIẢNG VÕ HÀ NỘI 2011-2012
I. Gạch chân câu trả lời đúng (A, B, C hoặc D) và viết câu trả lời đã chọn vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành những câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. What do you do when _________________ warm?
A. there’s
B. there
C. its
D. it’s
2. There is _______________ink-pot on the desk.
A. the
B. a
C. an
D. ø
3. Look ___________ that man. He is looking ____________Jane but Jane isn’t here.
A. for - at
B. at - for
C. at - up
D. for - up
4. This sign says “Stop”. You _______________ go straight ahead.
A. mustn’t
B. must
C. can
D. can not
5. Tom and Tim are _____________ good friends. ____________ are very kind to us.
A. ours - They
B. our - They
C. our - Theirs
D. ours – Them
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân trong các câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. Mr. Hai travels to work by car every morning.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. They often go swimming in the summer.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. My mother needs an apple.
...................................................................................................................................
4. Jane’s sister works in a hospital.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. These students have English on Tuesday and Friday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Chọn từ thích hợp điền vào câu. (2.5 điểm)
work, not eat, speak, sing, watch
1. Listen! The little girl __________________________ in the next room.
2. Erika usually ________________________________ television before going to bed.
3. ____________ the Pikes _______________________ in the garden now?
4. My grandmother _____________________________ meat at all.
5. _____________ you __________________________ any other languages apart from English?
IV. Mỗi câu sau có một lỗi sai. Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng. (2.5 điểm)
1. What would you like buying at the school canteen?
2. She goes shopping always in the afternoon.
3. They have rice, meat and vegetables in lunch.
4. I want some breads and a bottle of milk.
5. The toy-store is to the left the bakery.
V. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ thích hợp để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau. Chữ cái đầu tiên của từ được cho sẵn. (5 điểm)
Herry likes fishing. He fishes in the (1) r____________ near our house. On Sunday (2) a__________________, when he has no (3) w______________, he goes down to the river with a little water and some sandwiches and (4) f_______________ until it is quite dark. (5)T____________ are always a few other (6) p_______________ there. They love fishing, (7) t_____________ , and they all sit there quietly for (8) h______________. Sometimes they catch some fish, (9) s_______________ they do not. I do not like that kind of sport (10) b_________________ I am not very patient.
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu cho trước, bắt đầu bằng những từ gợi ý. (5 điểm)
1. My sister often walks to the supermarket.
=> My sister often goes .........................................................................................
2. Does your class have fifty students?
=> Are ............................................................................................................ ?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at six forty-five.
=> Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a ....................................................................................
4. He is in the bath at the moment.
=> He is .............................. a ..............................................................................
5. What is the price of the tickets ?
=> How much ...................................................................................................... ?
Đáp án
Mỗi câu đúng đựơc 0,5 điểm. Nếu thí sinh chỉ gạch chân mà không viết vào chỗ trống hoặc ngược lại thì chỉ được ½ số điểm.
1. D (it’s) 2. C (an) 3. B (at – for) 4. A (mustn’t) 5. B (our – They)
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân. (2.5 điểm)
Mỗi câu hỏi đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. How does Mr. Hai travel to work every morning?
2. What do they often do in the summer?
3. How many apples does your / my mother need ?
4. Where does Jane’s sister work ?
5. When do these students have English?
III. Điền từ vào chỗ trống
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,5 điểm
1. is singing 2. watches 3. Are …working 4. does not / doesn’t eat 5. Do…. speak
IV. Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng . (2.5 điểm)
Tìm được mỗi lỗi sai được 0,25 điểm. Chữa được lỗi sai đó được 0,25 điểm.
1. buying => to buy 2. goes shopping always => always goes shopping
3. in => for 4. breads => bread / loaves of bread
5. left => left of
V. Điền từ vào chỗ trống. (5 điểm)
Mỗi từ điền đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. river 2. afternoon(s) 3. work 4. fishes 5. There
6. people 7. too 8. hours 9. sometimes 10. because
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu Mỗi câu viết lại đúng được 1 điểm.
1. My sister often goes to the supermarket on foot.
2. Are there fifty students in your class?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a quarter to seven.
4. He is having / taking a bath at the moment.
5. How much do the tickets cost? / How much are the tickets?
I. MULTIPLE CHOICE
Circle the word which has underlined part pronounced differently from the others. (3 points)
1. A. looked B. watched C. carried D. stopped
2. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar
3. A. unite B. underline C. university D. uniform
Circle the odd one out. (2 points)
4. A. realize B. improve C. possible D. comfortable
5. A. important B. especially C. prefer D. influence
Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (12 points)
6. His..............always makes people laugh.
a. Quiet b. sense of humor c. Christmas present d. smiles
7. The way of life in this country is................to that in my country.
a. similar b. the same c. like d. as
8. You have to make ....................children do not play with matches.
a. ensure b. surely c. sure d. ensuring
9. The prince immediately...................the girl.
a. fall in love with b. fell in love with c. fall into love at d. fell into love at
10. Different language..................learn words in different ways.
a. learners b. learner c. people d. person
11. My little brother.................pictures very much.
a. enjoy to draw b. enjoy drawing c. enjoys to draw d. enjoys drawing
12. Some people in the neighborhood are not happy.....................the changes
a. with b. about c. at d. of
13. TV.....................information and entertainment.
a. brings b. takes c. gives d. makes
14. His feet hurt so he has to walk to school.........................
a. on crutch b. on crutches c. on foot d. on feet
15. ...................natural resources? Is it difficult?
a. What about to save b. What about saving
c. How about save d. How about to save
16. Hoa ........................ coins and stamps since she was six.
A. was collecting B. has collected C. collected D. will collect
17. His brother is a ......................boy. He always tells a joke.
A. handsome B. humorous C. sociable D. energetic
Find one mistake A, B, C or D and correct it (3pts)
The boy (A) was enough intelligent (B) to solve (C) that problem (D).
19.The girl helped (A) me with the needlework (B) yesterday is (C) my classmate (D).
20.They asked (A) their friends (B) not play (C) soccer in the road (D).
Read the passage and answer the questions ( 5 pts)
Computing is now at the same stage as printing was when the first printing presses were
used. Before printing presses were invented, only rich people like kings and dukes could
afford to buy books. Often these people were unable to read and hadn’t enough time to learn. In any case, the books were so big that it was difficult for anyone to relax with a book as we do today. They wanted booked because they were expensive and there was something magical about them. Only a few people were able to write, and it took an extremely long time to write a book. Monks and other people who could write said ordinary people could not learn to read.
The position with computers is very similar today. A few years ago, computers were very large and expensive. Business managers and rich people ordered them but they didn’t know how to use them. In many countries, however, the situation has now completely changed. Lots of people not only own microcomputer but also know how to use them.
Questions:
21) What happened before printing presses were invented?
........................................................................................
Why were books wanted before printing presses were invented?
........................................................................................
23) What is common feature of a book and a computer?
........................................................................................
24) What situation has thoroughly changed nowadays?
........................................................................................
25) Is the position with computers very similar now?
.......................................................................................
Read the passage and choose the correct answer A, C, C or D (3pts)
Quang Binh is in the middle of VietNam. It is about 490km from Ha Noi. It is the narrowest province (26)________ the map of Viet Nam. It is East Sea in the East of Quang Binh. This province (27) _____________more than 8.000 km2 and most of the areas are mountains. Quang Binh is (28)_____________for its natural beauty including Son Doong Cave, Nhat Le Beach, Phong Nha- Ke Bang National Park (29) __________ so on. In Dong Hoi, the City of Quang Binh, it is wonderful to (30) _________ Quang Binh Border Gate.
26. A.in B.of C.on D.at
27. A.be B.are C.was D.is
28. A.famous B.good C.nice D.beautiful
29. A.or B.and C.with D.of
30. A.see B.look C.view D.visit
II. WRITING
Rewrite the sentences starting with the given words. (5 pts)
31.It is over two years since they left their homeland.
→They haven’t .......................................................................
32.“How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?” I said
→I asked .................................................................
33.No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival.
→ I............................................................................................
34.The food was too bad for the children to eat.
→The food was so ..............................................................
35. It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity.
→There is no ............................................................................
Reorder the words / phrases to complete the sentences. (3 pts)
36.and/ are/ some/ reading/ her sister/ comic books./ Nana
..........................................................................................
37.fairy tale/ The/ of/ the/ and the Seven Dwarfs”/ is/ main character/ “the Snow
White. / Snow White
..........................................................................................
38.is/ a/ Snow White/ princess./ She/ beautiful/ is/ kind,/ too.
..........................................................................................
Write full sentences using the given words. (2pts)
39. What / mum / going / do / weekend ?.............................................................................................
40. You / ought / go / market / buy / fish / vegetables.
ĐÁP ÁN
I. MULTIPLE CHOICE
1. C 6. B 11. D
2. D 7. A 12. B
3. B 8. C 13. A
4. B 9. B 14. B
5. D 10.A 15. B
16. B 17.B
18.B → intelligent enough
19. A→ helping
20. C→ to play
21. Only kings and dukes had enough money to buy books.
22. Because books were expensive and magical.
23. They were large and expensive at first
24. A person who buys a computer knows how to use it.
25. Yes, it is
26. A
27. D
28. A
29. B
30. D
II. WRITING
31.They haven’t come back their homeland for over two years.
32.I asked Mai how many cars there were in front of her/his house.
33.I wasn’t introduced to newcomers in the festival.
34.The food was so bad that the children couldn’t eat it.
35.There is no point in persuading her to join in that activity.
36. Nana and her sister are reading some comic book.
37. The main character of the fairy tale “ the Snow White and the Seven Dwrafts”
is Snow White.
38. Snow White is a beautiful princess. She is kind, too.
39. What is Mum going to do next weekend?
40. You ought to go to the market to buy fish and vegetables.
I. Multiple choice (30pts).
Circle the odd one out. (2pts)
1 A. province B. gallery C. theatre D. museum
2 A. ancient B. house C. flat D. apartment
Circle the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. (3 pts)
3 A. enough B. ghost C. money D. monkey
4 A. cooks B. tells C. reads D. goes
5 A. singer B. pen C. tent D. never
Circle the best option to complete the sentences. (12pts)
6. My father enjoys .....................chess with Uncle Hung.
A. played B. play C. playing D. to play
7. What ........is she? She is Australian.
A. nation B. nationality C. language D. country
8. Where................she go last summer?
A. was B. were C. does D. did
9. Everest Mountain is much....................than Fuji Mountain.
A. higher B. more higher C. highest D. more highest
10. Why do you like collecting stamps?
A. Because I want to keep in touch with people abroad.
B. I’m attending a stamp club.
C. Because I’m Vietnamese.
D. I think I’m very interesting.
11. How ..........is it from here to your school? It’s about 1 kilometre.
A. long B. far C. near D. often
12. Don’t ride your bike too fast. You may fall off your bike.
A. Yes, I do. B. You are welcome.
C. Ok, I won’t. D. Yes, I will.
13. Can you look .................my cat when I leave on holiday?
A. after B. for C. up D. over
14. There isn’t..............butter in the fridge.
A. some B. little C. any D. many
15. ................do you visit your grandparents? - Once a week.
A. How long B. What time C. when D. How often
16. My brother............ lots of photos last week.
A. take B. took C. taken D. takes
17. She has a..............................…
A. lovely red watch B.red lovely watch
C. watch lovely red D. lovely watch red
There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Find and correct it. (3 pts)
18. I’m (A) very interesting (B) in watching (C) romantic films (D).
19. My brother often (A) goes (B) swim (C) in (D) summer.
20. When I am (A) ten, I used (B) to sing (C) very well (D).
Read the following passage and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (5 pts)
Last summer, Tina and Lucy stayed (21)....................their grandparents’ house by the sea. One hot and sunny morning, Grandmother (22)..........................a picnic and took the girls to the beach. After lunch, Grandmother lay down and opened her book. The girls played skipping on the beach and then made a little castle with some sand. Then Tina saw a strange cave which was near some big, grey rocks at the other end of the beach. The girls quickly ran to it and looked in, but they couldn’t see (23).................................because it was very dark. Lucy said, “ it looks big inside. Come on! I’ll go first.”
Lucy and Tina were playing in the cave when suddenly Lucy said, “ Oh no! I can hear the sea ! it’s coming in to the cave.” They were very afraid, but then Tina felt something wet on her hand. It was a dog’s nose ! the dog was very clever. It showed the girls another way out of the cave and back to the beach.
When they told their Grandmother about the dog, she gave him three biscuits and said, “Well done!” “ we’re hungry too!” the girls said. “ Well,” Grandmother answered, “ you must wait until dinner. It was naughty to go into a (24).........................place like that.” “ We’re very sorry, Grandma!” they said. “ We won’t (25)..........................it again.”
21 A. in B. at C. on D. with
22 A. make B. makes C. made D. maked
23 A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing
24 A. dangerous B. danger C. dangerously D. more dangerous
25 A. to do B. do C. did D. doing
Read the passage and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (5pts)
Yesterday my sister Lucy asked me to order a pizza. She wanted a pizza with four toppings: cheese, pepperoni, ham, and pineapple. I called the pizza place, but they didn’t have any pineapple. Lucy wanted sausage instead. I ordered sausage instead of pineapple. About 40 minutes later, there was a knock on the door. It was the pizza man. He gave me a box of pizza and asked me to pay $20. I also gave him a tip. He thanked and left. Then, we took the pizza to the living room. There was a football game on TV at that time. We watched it and enjoyed the pizza.
What did Lucy want to eat?
an apple
B. a pizza
a sandwich
D. a hamburger
27. What kind of toppings did she want?
A. cheese, fish, ham, and pineapple
B. cheese, pepperoni, ham, and pineapple
C. cheese, pepperoni, ham, and shrimp.
D. cheese, sausage, ham, and squid.
28. How much was the pizza?
A. $200
B. $2
C. $20
D. $22
29. Where did they eat the pizza?
A. In the kitchen
B. In the living room
C. In the bed room
D. In the attic
30. What were they doing while they were eating the pizza?
A. Listening to music
B. Watching a romantic film
C. Playing chess
D. Watching a football game
II. WRITTING (10 pts)
Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning, using the words given. (5pts)
31. Hang is the tallest girl in my class.
No one in my class ___________________________________________
32. My sister sings very well.
My sister is _________________________________________________
33. Living in a big city is very convenient.
It is _______________________________________________________
34. My brother often rides his bike to school.
My brother often goes ________________________________________
35. My younger sister wants to be a flight attendant in the future.
My younger sister would ______________________________________
Complete each of the following sentences with the words or phrases given. (3pts)
36. What/ they/ do/ in the park/ yesterday?
________________________________________________
37. Physics/ be/ one/ favorite/ because/ he/ enjoy/ do/ experiment.
________________________________________________
38. She/ buy/ comic book/ bookshop/ last Wednesday.
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - A; 2 - A; 3 - B; 4 - A; 5 - A;
6 - C; 7 - B; 8 - D; 9 - A; 10 - A;
11 - B; 12 - C; 13 - A; 14 - C; 15 - D
16 - B: 17 - A; 18 - C (interested); 19 - C (swimming); 20 - A (was);
21 - B; 22 - C; 23 - B; 24 - A; 25 - B;
26 - B; 27 - B; 28 - C; 29 - B; 30 - D;
31 - No one in my class is as tall as Hang.
32 - My sister is a very good singer.
33 - It is very convenient to live in a big city.
34 - My brother often goes to school by bike.
35 - My younger sister would like to be a flight attendant in the future.
36 - What did they do in the park yesterday?
37 - Physics is one of his favourite subjects because he enjoys doing experiments.
38 - She bought a comic book from the bookshop last Wednesday.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
| Question 1: | A. stadium | B. bakery | C. great | D scary |
| Question 2: | A. slowly | B. cow | C. cold | D. phone |
| Question 3: | A. toothache | B stomach | C. headache | D. backache |
| Question 4: | A. panda | B. gorilla | C. peacock | D. tiger |
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.
Question 5: What book are you read? I'm reading " The Legend of Sword Lake".
A. What
B. are
C. read
D. I’m
Question 6: Mary like reading short stories in English very much. .
A. like
B. reading
C. stories
D. in
Question 7: She goes to the dance club by bus with hers friends on Sunday mornings.
A. dance club
B. hers
C. on
D. mornings
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 8: I like the T-shirt you gave me on my birthday very much.
A. Why do you say that?
B. Yes, certainly. .
C. I’m glad you like it.
D. Never say it again.
Question 9: - Can you buy me some pens on the way home, mum?
A Yes, I will.
B. Why is that?
C. Great idea!
D. Yes, I do
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 10: He should ______ harder for his am.
A. working
B. works
C. work
D. to work
Question 11: Mr Tuan ________ to London last week.
A. fly
B. flied
C. flew
D. flies
Question 12: There are some and some _____ on the arm.
A. sheeps / cows
B. sheep / cow
C. sheep / cows
D. sheeps / cow
Question 13: That is _______ film I have ever watched.
A. most bored
B. the most bored
C. most boring
D. the most boring
Question 14: My dad usually _______ a bath before we have dinner
A. gets
B. take
C. has
D. both B & C
Question 15: English is an _________ subject at school.
A. importance
B. important
C. difficult
D. interested
Question 16: Her mum is _______ than her grandma.
A. thiner
B. thinest
C. thinner
D. thinnest
Question 17: A baby often ______ when his (her) mother goes out.
A. cry
B. crys
C. crying
D. cries
Question 18: My sister usually helps my mom the washing up.
A. make
B. do
C. take
D. help
Question 19: Hung is very to take the exam into Luong The Vinh School
A. confident
B. talkative
C. successful
D. busy
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 20: Her grandparents looked after her when she was a little girl.
A. looked up
B. looked out
C. take care of
D. took up
Question 21: He really wants to join in the game with his classmates.
A. play in
B. take part in
C. start
D. finish
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Dear Quan,
My parents and I are having the best holiday of our life! We are in Vung Tau Beach, one of (22)
beaches in Viet Nam. Although it is smaller than Qui Nhon Beach, and there seems to be more interesting things (23) than in Qui Nhon. In addition, the people here seem to be friendlier than (24) in other cities. (25) in the most modern hotel I have ever been. It's (26) and cool, and many people say at it's the be t hotel in this city.
| Question 22: | A. lovely | B. the loveliest | C. the lovely | D. the most lovely |
| Question 23: | A. doing | B. do . | C. to do | D. and do |
| Question 24: | A. that | B. this | C. those | D. these |
| Question 25: | A We stay | B. We are staying | C. They stay | D. They are staying |
| Question 26: | A. wide | B. large | C. big | D. all are correct |
Beverly Bunn was born in McMinnville, Oregon, on April 12, 1916. She moved to Portland with her family when she was six. When Beverly was a child, she found it difficult to learn reading. But with the help of her mother, she learned to read in 1924. She developed a great love for reading and often visited the local library.
In 1940, Beverly married Clarence Cleary. She decided to become a full-time writer after working as a librarian in the 1940s. Her books are about children and their adventures — subjects she liked reading about when she was a child. Cleary published her first book, Henry Huggins, in 1950. Since then she has published more than 35 books. Her books are published in many different languages. She has won the Newbury Medal three times. The Newbury is a prize for excellent books for children.
Question 27: When did Beverly move to Portland?
A. At the age of 5
B. At the age of 8
C. at the age of 6
D. at the age of 7
Question 28: When did she learn to read?
A. In 1916
B. 1924
C. In 1940
D. In 1950
Question 29: Where did she often read books when she was young?
A. At home
B. In the local library
C. At school
D. In Newbury
Question 30: When did she publish her first book for children?
A Early in her childhood
B. When she was 34
C. In 1940
D When she was 36
Question 31: How many books has Beverly published?
A. Six
B. Twenty
C. Eight
D More than thirty five
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D that completes the sentence from the suggested words or phrases.
Question 32: What / will / weather / like / tomorrow?
A. What will weather like tomorrow?
B. What will the weather like tomorrow?
C. What will the weather is like tomorrow?
D. What will the weather be like tomorrow?
Question 33: Mai / not / like / do aerobics.
A. Mai is not like doing aerobics.
B. Mai is not like to do aerobics.
C Mai do not like doing aerobics.
D. Mai does not like doing aerobics.
Question 34: He / think/ English / be / the / easy / subject / school.
A. He think English is the easy subject at school.
B. He thinks English is the easiest subject at school.
C. He thinks English is the easy subject at school.
D. He thinks English is the easier subject at school.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 35: I am studying hard. I want to have good marks in the next exam.
A.I am studying hard, so I want to have good marks in the next exam.
B. I am studying hard because I want to have good marks in the next exam.
C. I want to have good marks in the next exam, so I'm studying hard.
D Both B&C are correct.
Question 36: His dad is 1.7m tall. His mum is only 1.57m tall.
A. His dad is shorter than his mum.
B. His mum is taller than his dad .
C. His dad is taller than his mum.
D. His dad is longer than his mum.
Question 37: Mrs Huong was ill. She still went to work everyday.
A. Mrs Huong was ill and she still went to work yesterday.
B. Mrs Huong was ill, but she still went to work yesterday.
C. Although Mrs Huong was ill, she still went to work yesterday.
D Both B&C are correct.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
Question 38: It took me an hour to do my homework last night.
A. It took me an hour doing my homework last night.
B. It took me an hour do my homework last night.
C. I spent an hour to do my homework last night.
D. I spent an hour doing my homework last night.
Question 39: Minh likes reading comics, but he likes playing games more.
A. Minh likes reading comics and playing games.
B. Minh likes reading comics, but he doesn't like playing games.
C. Minh prefer reading comics to playing games.
D. Minh prefers playing games to reading comics.
Question 40: Thong is the most talkative boy in my class.
A. No one in my class is talkative than Thong in my class.
B. No one in my class more talkative than Thong in my class
C. No one in my class is as talkative as Thong in my class.
D. No one in my class is as more talkative than Thong in my class.
ĐÁP ÁN
PART I- PHONETICS
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. C
PART II- GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARIES
5. C 6. A 7. B 8.C 9.A 10. C 11.C 12. B
13.D 14. C 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. C 21.B
PART III- READING COMPREHENSION
22. B 23. C 24. C 25. B 26.D 27. C 28. B 29. B 30 . B 31. D
PART IV- WRITING
32. D 33. D 34. B 35. D 36. C 37. D 38.D 39.D 40. C
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A bean B. pea C. meat D. heavy
2. A farm B. bar C. tall D. car
3. A. red B. tent C. end D. forest
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. mountain B. valley C. cave D. club
5. A. rooster B. writer C. gamer D. swimmer
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. Going by train isn’t __________ convenient as going by car.
A. so B. as C. more D. A & B are correct.
7. What __________ lovely living room !
A. a B. an C. the D. -
8. American students take part __________ different activities at recess.
A. at B. on C. to D. in
9. __________ you have a test tomorrow morning?
A. Will B. Do C. Are D. does
10. In London people cheer and sing when the clock __________ midnight on New Year's Eve.
A. gets B. strikes C. see D. goes
11. There is too much noise in this room now. I can’t understand what __________.
A. is the teacher saying B. the teacher is saying
C. the teacher says D. does the teacher say
12. The Nile River is the __________ river in the world, __________ the Amazon is the widest.
A. long - so B. long – because C. longer – but D. longest – but
13. You __________ take all necessary things along with you before you start the trip.
A. should B. shouldn't C. mustn't D. can
14. Many foreign visitors come to Ha Long Bay because of its natural __________.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. pretty D. wonder
15. _________ is the most expensive city in the world? – I think it’s Tokyo.
A. What B. where C. when D. how
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition.
16. Put __________ your warm coat. It’s cold today.
17. If you have a problem, ask __________ help.
18. My children are afraid __________ dogs.
19. Most __________ them are fond __________ fiction books.
20. It's very kind __________ you to help me.
V. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
21. Our team wins in the football match last Friday.
____________________________________________________________
22. How often do you practice play volleyball?
____________________________________________________________
23. His team lost game because his team practiced a lot.
____________________________________________________________
24. Singapore is cleanest city in the world.
____________________________________________________________
25. It spent a long time to travel to the skiing resort but in the end we got there.
____________________________________________________________
VI. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.
26. Should I write “Bristish” or “English” as my __________? NATION
27. We’ve worked together for several months to provide good facilities for __________ people. ABLE
28. Have you ever seen this comedy? It’s really __________. FUN
29. I love action films. They’re very __________. EXCITE
30. Street are decorated with __________ lights and red banners. COLOUR
VII. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D for each of the gaps to complete the following text.
Tra Co Beach in Quang Ninh province is 9 kilometers from Mong Cai. It has the (31) __________ and the most romantic beach in Viet Nam. Tourists can enjoy the (32) __________ of white sand beaches and green sea water all year (33) __________. Visitors can (34) __________ enjoy the sunset or sunrise in Con Mang islet. You can visit Tra Co Communal House, Linh Khanh Pagoda, and Tra Co Church. If tourists want some fresh (35) __________, they can find it from fishing boats. They can take part in "Tra Co Festival" from May 30 to June 6.
31. A. long B. longer C. longest D. much longer
32. A. beauty B. beautiful C. of beauty D. pretty
33. A. over B. long C. round D. longer
34. A. be B. be able C. then D. also
35. A. seafood B. menu C. air D. Water
VIII. Read the passage, and answer the questions.
The Amazon River in South America is an amazing and important river for the planet.
The Amazon River carries more water than any other river in the world. In fact, the Amazon River is responsible for twenty percent of fresh water that flows into the world's oceans.
The Amazon River is the second longest river in the world (the Nile River in Africa is the longest), and about 6,400 km long.
The Amazon River has the largest area of land that flows into the river, and more tributaries than any other river in the world - more than 200 tributaries.
36. How many percentage of fresh water flowing into the world's oceans is the Amazon River responsible for?
____________________________________________________________
37. Does the Amazon River carry more water than any other river in the world? ____________________________________________________________
38. How long is the Amazon River?
____________________________________________________________
39. What is the longest river in the world?
____________________________________________________________
40. How many tributaries does it have?
____________________________________________________________
IX. Make questions for the underlined parts.
41. In 2010, 51,515 people attended Burning Man.
____________________________________________________________
42. 43.The Animals programme is on at 8 o'clock Wednesday night.
____________________________________________________________
43. I sent these letters to my pen pal in Canada.
____________________________________________________________
44. My shoes are eighty thousand dong.
____________________________________________________________
45. His house is about 160 square meters. (how big)
____________________________________________________________
X. Write complete sentences, using the given cues.
46. Most/ people/ Tokyo/ travel/ work/ by train.
____________________________________________________________
47. I/ be/ Sa Pa/ many times/ with/ family.
____________________________________________________________
48. I /not/ go/ school/ yesterday/ because/ I/ ill.
____________________________________________________________
49. Nha Trang/ attract/ lots/ tourists/ because/ it/ most beautiful/ beaches/ Viet Nam.
____________________________________________________________
50. You/ see/ latest Batman film?
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. D 2. C 3. D
II.
4. D 5. A
III.
6. D 7. A 8. D 9. A 10. B 11. B 12. D 13. A 14. A 15. A
IV.
16. on 17. for 18. of 19. of – of 20. of
V.
21. wins -> won
22. playing -> playing
23. because -> although
24. cleanest -> the cleanest
25. spent -> took
VI.
26. nationality
27. disabled
28. funny
29. exciting
30. colourful
VII.
31. C 32. A 33. C 34. D 35. A
VIII.
36. Twenty percent of fresh water.
37. Yes, it does.
38. It is about 6,400 km long.
39. The Nile River in Africa.
40. More than 200 tributaries.
IX.
41. How many people attended Burning Man in 2010?
42. When is the Animals programme on?
43. Who/Whom did you send these letters to?
44. How much are your shoes?
What is the price of your shoes?
How much do your shoes cost?
45. How big is his house?
X.
46. Most people in Tokyo travel to work by train.
47. I have been to Sa Pa many times with my family.
48. I didn’t go to school yesterday because I was ill.
49. Nha Trang attracts lots of tourists because it is the most beautiful beaches in Viet Nam.
50. Have you heard the latest news about the flood in Da Nang?
Mời bạn đoc tham khảo thêm tài liệu thi vào lớp 6 khác nhau như:
Choose the answer to indicate the odd one out in the following question.
| 1. A. enjoy | B. like | C. love | D. meet |
| 2. A. winter | B. snow | C. Fall | D. summer |
| 3. A. deny | B. physics | C. supply | D. typhoon |
| 4. A. informs | B. mistakes | C. combines | D. complains |
| 5. A. read | B. teacher | C. eat | D. ahead |
6. I don’t have _______ money, so I’ll have to wait to get a new coat.
A. a piece of
B. a few
C. much
D. many
7. If you want to enter the race, just fill ____ the form.
A. in
B. on
C. away
D. with
8. Leon never ____ about it, but he was once a world champion skier.
A. talks
B. is talking
C. was talking
D. talk
9. Tania had a _____ breakfast then rode her bike to the pool.
A. short
B. fast
C. quick
D. ready
10. The____ was very friendly. He made me less nervous.
A. examiner
B. examinee
C. examination
D. exam
11. Don’t forget _________ the light before leaving the room.
A. turn off
B. turning off
C. to turn off
D. not to turn off
12. Don't forget to buy five _________ of bread!
A. loaves
B. cans
C. bars
D. bottles
13. I’d like _________ this letter to Ha Noi.
A. to send
B. sending
C. send
D. sends
14. On Monday, we have a _________ English test.
A. forty five-minutes
B. forty five-minute
C. forty-five minutes
D. forty-five minute
15. - “How is your sister now, Suzy?”
- “She is _________”
A. more much worried
B. much worried more
C. much more worried
D. more much worry
16. James comes to visit his cousins, Jimmy, Beth and Tom.
- Tom: “We were wondering if you’d like to go to a baseball game with us. We have an extra ticket.”
- James: "_______"
A. I know! It's by the sea.
B. That’s very kind of you. I’d love to!
C. I don’t have one.
D. You're right.
17. "Can I borrow your English textbook?" - "____"
A. How do you know?
B. Sure.
C. No, I haven’t.
D. I have one.
Choose the word or phrase that is wrong.
18. Electronic dance music are popular with young people all over the world.
A. Electronic dance music
B. are
C. with
D. all over
19. The teacher was pleasing with the result of your examination.
A. The
B. was
C. pleasing
D. of
20. What is the higher mountain in the world?
A. What
B. is
C. higher
D. in
Read the following text and choose the best answer for the questions below.
Books play a very important part 21 our life. It’s true that every family has books. We can 22 books everywhere. We learn many things from books. Books 23 us in education and in many other thing in our life.
Today there are a lot of public 24 in our country and people can borrow them to read there or bring home to read. Each year hundreds of new books for children appear in Vietnam. The books are very 25 and children like reading them very much.
Read and choose the correct answer.
Colour
The first scientist to study colour was Sir Isaac Newton. He was an English scientist who lived from 1642 to 1727. Newton was the first person to divide white light into different colours.
In 1861 another English scientist, James Clerk Maxwell, showed that he could make other colours by mixing the primary colours - red, blue and yellow - in different ways. These other colours are called secondary and tertiary colours.
We make secondary colours by mixing two primary colours together. For example, red and yellow become orange, yellow and blue become green, and blue and red become violet. We make tertiary colours by mixing one primary colour with one secondary colour.
We can make a room look bigger or smaller, hotter or colder by using colour. Green and blue are cold colours. They can also make a room look bigger. Red, orange and yellow are hot colours. They can make a room look smaller.
Adapted from New century readings (Book 1)
26. The passage is about ____
A. Sir Isaac Newton.
B. James Clerk Maxwell.
C. primary colours.
D. making colours.
27. The first scientist to study colour was ____.
A. French
B. Thai
C. Vietnamese
D. English
28. Sir Isaac Newton _____
A. mixed the three primary colours.
B. made many secondary colours.
C. found all the tertiary colours.
D. divided white light into different colours.
29. Blue is a _____
A. primary colour.
B. secondary colour.
C. tertiary colour.
D. hot colour.
30. We can use red, yellow or orange to make a room look ____.
A. bigger
B. smaller
C. colder
D. thicker
Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence before.
31. He speaks English very well.
=> He is .........
32. He was delighted to receive his aunt's letter.
=> He was delighted when his ..........
33. Nam is the most intelligent student in our class.
=> No one in our class ..........
34. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
=> People ..........
35. Skating in the winter is interesting.
=> It is ..........
Write a meaningful sentence using the given words.
36. The Browns/ buy/ lot/ food/ because/ they/ go/ have/ party
37. I/ be/ write/ tell/ you/ my holiday/ here/ Ha Long/ now
38. you/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
Rearrange the words in a correct order to make a complete sentence
39. There/ behind/ is/ big/ a/ garden/ Lan's house/ ./
40. you/ a nurse?/ do/ to / become/ like/ why/
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - D; 2 - B; 3 - B; 4 - B; 5 - D;
6 - C; 7 - A; 8 - A; 9 - C; 10 - A;
11 - C; 12 - A; 13 - A; 14 - B; 15 - C;
16 - B; 17 - B; 18 - B; 19 - C; 20 - C;
21 - in; 22 - see; 23 - help; 24 - libraries; 25 - interesting;
26 - D; 27 - D; 28 - D; 29 - A; 30 - B;
31 - He is good at speaking English.
32 - He was delighted that his aunt sent him a letter.
33 - No one in our class is more intelligent than Nam.
34 - People recycle old car tires to make shoes and sandals.
35 - It is interesting to skate in the winter.
36 - The Browns buy a lot of foods because they will have/ are going to have a party.
37 - I am writing to tell you about my holiday in here, Ha Long Bay now.
38 - Are you doing the housework at the moment?
39 - There is a big garden behind Lan's house.
40 - Why do you like to become a nurse?
Mời bạn đoc tham khảo thêm tài liệu thi vào lớp 6 khác nhau như:
Choose the word that is different from the rest in each group.
| 1. A. cooker | B. footballer | C. farmer | D. singer |
| 2. A. advanced | B. clever | C. beginner | D. intermediate |
| 3. A. dislike | B. design | C. music | D. light |
| 4. A. charity | B. chorus | C. orchestra | D. ache |
| 5. A. hour | B. house | C. help | D. home |
Choose the correct answer.
6. ______ learning means studying through the internet at home instead of going to the class.
A. Visual
B. Online
C. Social
D. Lecture
7. Sarah _____ riding a bicycle now and she doesn’t fall off anymore.
A. is used to
B. get used to
C. used to
D. uses to
8. Even though I have a lot of things to do, I still _____ time for my hobbies.
A. make
B. waste
C. take
D. spend
9. Teaching young children is the _____ thing in Jimmy's life.
A. rewardest
B. most rewarding
C. more rewarding
D. most reward
10. I watched _____ television before going to bed last night.
A. a little
B. few
C. a few
D. many
11. Let's look at the forecast and then decide, _____ we?
A. shall
B. won't
C. can't
D. don't
12. If we lived in a big city, we _____ get access to the Internet easily.
A. can
B. could
C. may
D. shall
13. The meeting was ______ at 4 o'clock.
A. over
B. across
C. through
D. off
14. What do you think about the ______ problems in your city?
A. environment
B. environmentalist
C. environmentally
D. environmental
15. I _______ have lunch in a restaurant near my office as the food is good.
A. seldom
B. usually
C. rarely
D. never
16. “Have a nice weekend.”
- “_____”
A. Thank you. Hope you are well.
B. Not bad what about you?
C. Thanks. The same to you!
D. Sorry, I'm at home.
17. Annie: “Would you bother if I had a look at your paper?”
Tom: “_______”
A. You’re welcome!
B. Well, actually I’d rather you didn’t!
C. That’s a good idea!
D. Oh, I didn’t realize that!
Choose the underlined part that needs correction.
18. Many successful film directions are former actors who desire to expand their experience in the film industry.
A. successful
B. film directions
C. former
D. expand
19. Spanish is the only course that it is not offered in the summer term, but there are several classes offered in the fall.
A. the only course
B. it
C. several
D. offered
20. Would you mind turn on the lights, please? It’s too dark for me to read.
A. Would
B. turn on
C. too dark
D. to read
Read and choose the correct answer.
HAPPY FAMILY?
My house must be the 21 in the neighbourhood. We are always falling out about what we are going to watch on the television. My sister likes to see her favourite singers and actors talking about themselves so she prefers watching 22 shows. My brother doesn't like anything serious in life. He just wants to laugh all the time so he watches 23 . My parents believe that TV should be educational so they say that we should watch documentaries. From the moment the television is turned on, everybody starts shouting. It's impossible to 24 a solution we're all happy with. Sometimes, it makes me feel so depressed! However for the past month, this has all changed. This is because the whole family has been watching the holiday programmes. Now we are arguing about which holiday 25 we want to visit! We can't agree on anything. How can the same family have so many different personalities?
Read the passage and answer the questions.
The shortcut
“Follow me. I know a shortcut,” Danny said.
Carl held back. “I don’t think that’s a good idea,” he said. He was used to his brother looking for easy ways to do things. Danny slept on the floor so he didn’t have to make his bed. And now he had found a shortcut from the store to their grandmother’s house.
They were visiting for the Thanksgiving weekend. The block around her house was familiar. It was just four blocks from the store, with a turn on one corner. Between the store and the house was a junkyard. It was a dirty place with old cars and sofas piled in heaps. There was a fence around it. But nobody seemed to own it or to care about it.
“Come on!” Danny said. “Don’t be chicken!” Carl hated it when he called him a chicken. But he felt he had to keep an eye on his brother. It’s what he had been doing his whole life, even though Danny was a year older.
They pushed aside a broken part of the fence and walked through the mud. Danny hopped onto the springs of a discarded bed. His foot got stuck. He had to take off his shoe to free it. Then he saw something interesting on the ground. It looked like a silver dollar, but it turned out to be just a bottle cap. Danny tossed a flat football to Carl. He filled his pockets with all sorts of finds. A piece of blue glass. A soggy picture of a dog. Four pennies. While Danny studied the ground, Carl was looking at the sky. “It’s getting late,” he said. Finally, they reached the other side. There, the fence was strong and high. There was no way to climb over it. So, they had to run-fast-back to where they’d started.
(Adapted from readworks.org)
26. What is the theme of the passage?
A. Watching out for danger
B. It is important to be kind to your brother.
C. The value of things.
D. Taking a shortcut can be an adventure.
27. Which of the following does not support the theme?
A. Danny saw a bottle cap on the ground.
B. The shortcut lead to a junk yard.
C. There was no way out of the junkyard.
D. Danny wanted to take a shortcut.
28. What is the problem in this story?
A. The shortcut took more time than Danny planned.
B. Danny called Carl a chicken.
C. Carl is always watching out for Danny.
D. Danny wanted to take a shortcut.
29. Carl seemed _____.
A. mean.
B. cautious.
C. adventurous.
D. boring.
30. At the end, Danny and Carl ______.
A. kept taking the shortcut
B. succeed in taking the shortcut
C. couldn't reach their grandmother's house
D. turned back to where they had started
Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence before.
31. Do you enjoy listening to music?
=> Are you interested .........?
32. Do you know the man who sat next to me at Nam's birthday party last night?
=> You know .........?
33. We were late for school because of the heavy rain.
=> Because it ..........
34. It’s two years since I last spoke to her.
=> I haven’t .........
35. Nga spends 4 hours a day practicing English with her friends.
=> It takes .........
Make a complete sentence using the given words.
36. The Government/ require/ people/ stay/ home/ because/ COVID-19
37. There is/ a little/ milk/ left/ fridge/ so/ we/ have/ go/ supermarket/ buy
38. I/ not/ think/ the exam/ easy/ enough/ me/ have/ a chance/ passing
Rearrange the words in a correct order to make a complete sentence
39. like/ a professional entertainer. / the amazing/ sing and dance/ ability/ The young girl/ has/ to/
40. waste/ Let's/ start/ not/ the meeting/ so as/ anytime./ to/
Choose the word whose main-stressed syllable is different from the rest.
Dạng bài Tìm từ tiếng Anh có trong âm khác đòi hỏi các em học sinh lớp 5 phải nắm chắc các quy tắc đánh trọng âm cơ bản trong tiếng Anh. Đề luyện tập tiếng Anh gồm những từ vựng tiếng Anh cơ bản giúp các em áp dụng quy tắc đã học và xác định trọng âm của từ một cách dễ dàng.
1. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel
2. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity
3 A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit
4. A. importing B. specific C. impolite D. important
5. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is different from the rest in pronunciation.
Dạng bài Tìm từ có phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác giúp các em kiểm tra kiến thức Ngữ âm tiếng Anh cơ bản của các em học sinh cơ bản. Trong bài tập này các em học sinh bắt buộc phải ghi nhớ cách phát âm chuẩn của đề bài và chọn ra đáp án đúng.
6. A. tourist B. anxious C. delicious D. famous
7. A. university B. unit C. discuss D. computer
8. A. fat B. festival C. grand D. man
9. A. rub B. surrounding C. plumber D. husk
10. A. helped B. worked C. asked D. cleaned
III. Recorder the words to form sentences.
Dạng bài trắc nghiệm Sắp xếp những từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh yêu cầu các em học sinh phải nắm chắc Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh cơ bản về Trật tự từ trong câu.
11. between/ is/ it/ the/ stadium/ the/ supermarket/ and
a. it is the between stadium and the supermarket.
b. it is between the stadium and the supermarket.
c. is it between the stadium and the supermarket
d. it is the stadium between and the supermarket.
12. at/ cinema/ is/ the/ end/ of/ street/ the
a. the cinema is of the end at the street.
b. the cinema is at the end of the street.
c. at the cinema is the end of the street.
d. the end of the street is at the cinema.
12. folk tales/ I/ because/ love/ each of them/ me/ gives/ in life./ a lesson
a. because I love folk tales each of them gives me a lesson in life.
b. I love each of them because folk tales gives me a lesson in life.
c. I love folk tales because each of them gives me a lesson in life.
d. I love a lesson each of them gives me because folk tales in life.
13. How long / to / it / take/ you / get / to school /?/ does /
a. How long does it to take you get to school?
b. How long does you take to get to it school?
c. How long it does take you to get to school?
d. How long does it take you to get to school?
14. Marie Curie / in / born / Poland / 1867/ was / in/.
a. Marie Curie born in Poland was in 1867.
b. Marie Curie was born in Poland in 1867.
c. Marie Curie born was in Poland in 1867.
d. Marie Curie was in born Poland in 1867.
15. We ought / use/ cloth bags/ instead / reusing / of / plastic bags. / to /
a. We ought use to cloth bags instead reusing of plastic bags.
b. We ought to use cloth bags instead of reusing plastic bags.
c. We ought to reusing cloth bags instead of use plastic bags.
d. We ought to cloth bags instead use of reusing plastic bags.
16. He / interested / buying / new / house / isn’t / a / in / .
a. He isn’t interested in buying a new house.
b. He isn’t buying in a new interested house.
c. Isn’t he interested in buying a new house.
d. He isn’t interested buying in a new house.
17. I / playing badminton / Nam / when / my friends / came / with / was / .
a. I came with Nam when my friends was playing badminton.
b. I playing badminton with Nam when my friends was came.
c. I was playing badminton when Nam with my friends came.
d. I was playing badminton with Nam when my friends came.
18. We / having / wonderful/ time / a / moment / the / at / SaPa. / are/ in
a. We are having a time wonderful at the moment in Sapa.
b. We are having time a wonderful in the moment at Sapa.
c. We are having a wonderful time in the moment at Sapa.
d. We are having a wonderful time at the moment in Sapa.
19. Could / give / me / information / ? / you / some
a. Could you give me some information?
b. Could me give you some information?
c. You could give me some information?
d. Could you give some information me?
20. I / bored / doing / with / same thing / the / day after day / am / .
a. I bored with doing the same thing are day after day.
b. I am bored doing with the same thing day after day.
c. I am bored with doing the same thing day after day.
d. I am bored with the same thing day after day doing.
IV. Choose the best answer.
Dạng bài Chọn đáp án đúng hoàn thành câu là môt trong những dạng bài tập tiếng Anh thường gặp trong các đề kiểm tra tiếng Anh cơ bản. Bài tập tiếng Anh này đòi hỏi học sinh phải có lượng kiến thức Từ vựng - Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh nhất định.
21. She ................ doing aerobics now.
A. are B. does C. is D. has
22. Lan: “........... are you doing, Mai?” – Mai: “I’m reading books.”
A. What B. Who C. Which D. When
23. We............. in our present house for 5 years.
A. live B. have lived C. are living D. lived.
24. She went to market without................ anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
25. Since we have to be there by 8.30, we................ take a taxi.
A. had better B. may C. ought D. are able to
26. I’ve never seen such an interesting ..............
A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed
27. The new shopping mall is quite ..............the present shopping area.
A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar
28. Are you proud................your country and its tradition ?
A. about B. on C. of D. for
29. Do you collect stamps or other things ?- Yes, I am a stamp.............
A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection
30. Your mother is beautiful. She has ...............................................
A. long straight black hair B. straight long black hair
C. black long straight hair D. hair long straight black
31. The singers were at the microphone at the time of the broadcast. ....................... .
A. It was a successful broadcast C. It was a charity broadcast
B. It was an education broadcast D. It was a live broadcast
32. ........................... , Sir? - Fruit salad, please.
A. What would you like for dessert B. What dessert you would like
C. How would you like for dessert D. How dessert would like
33. Wait a minute I want to .................. a picture of you and the baby.
A. take B. give C. make D. do
34. Airmail is much ................... than surface mail.
A. expensive B. very expensive C. more expensive D. most expensive
35. No one can make me ......... my mind ?
A. change B. changing C. to change D. changed
36. What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It ............. good ?
A. Makes B. feels C. smells D. tastes
37. This is my book and ......................... .
A. that are yours B. those are your
C. that are your D. those are yours
38. Lan's got dark hair, but ..................... is fair.
A. his brother's hair B. his brother hairs
C. his brother hair D. his brother hair's
39. What's your birthday, Ann ? - It's ........................ .
A. on the thirty-one of July B. on the thirty-first of July
C. on July the thirty-one D. in July the thirty-first
40. Tommy is a better swimmer than Tony.
A. No one can swim as well as Tommy and Tony.
B. Tommy is the best swimmer of all, apart from Tony.
C. Tony can’t swim so well as Tommy.
D. Tony can’t be better than Tommy.
41. Christine finds it easy to make friends.
A. It is easy to make friends to Christine
B. Christine has no difficulty making friends.
C. Christine has a lot of friends.
D. Christine is fond of making friends.
42. She started learning English 3 years ago.
A. She started learning English 3 years.
B. She has learnt English for 3 years.
C. She started learning English since 3 years.
D. She learnt English since 3 years.
43. Walking a mile a day is good exercise.
A. It is good exercise for walking a mile a day.
B. It is good exercise walking a mile a day.
C. It is good exercise to walk a mile a day.
D. It is good exercise to walking a mile a day.
44. Helen is my aunt’s daughter so she is my.................................
c. sister b. cousin c. niece d. friend
45. His....................always makes people laugh.
a. quiet character b. sense of humor c. smiles d. humorous
46. The window ............................ last night has been repaired.
a. break b. breaked c. broken d. breaking
47. This is a contest in which people have to arrange flowers so it’s a ....................contest.
a. flower- arranging b. flowers- arranging
c. arranging- flower d. flower-arrange
48. Children who don’t have parents often live in a
....................................a. hotel b. house c. orphanage d. hostel
49. It took him ages to ..................... living in the new town.
a. get use to b. be used to c. will used to d. will use to
50. ..................is a large piece of furniture where you can hang your clothes.
a. Wardrobe b. Refrigerator c. Desk d. Counter.
51. I would rather you ...................me the story.
a. tell b. told c. to tell d. telling
52. “ War and Peace” ........................ the longest book I have ever read.
a. are b. was c. were d. is
53. As she was running, suddenly she stumbled ......................a rock and
fell.............
a. at/ off b. in/ out c. over/ down d. of/ down
54. That’s a ...................... building.
a. five- floor b. five- floors c. five- floor’s d. five- floors’
55. She helped me ................... the house.
a. to clean b. cleaning c. clean d. both a and c
V. Reading
Read the text and questions below. Choose the correct answer.
Dạng bài Đọc đoạn văn tiếng Anh và lựa chọn câu trả lờ đúng kiểm tra khả năng đọc - hiểu tiếng Anh của em học sinh. Đoạn văn tiếng Anh ngắn với đủ các dạng câu hỏi như: Câu hỏi ý chính đoạn văn, câu hỏi từ vựng, …
How Nam has improved his English.
In the first year of lower secondary held I had some difficulties in learning English. My English pronunciation was really bad and my English grammar was worse.
I did not know how to improve them. I didn’t want my father and mother to know about
this. One afternoon after the lesson, my teacher of English told me to wait for her outside
the classroom. She took me to the school library and showed me tapes of pronunciation
drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told me how to use an English- English dictionary to improve my English grammar. “Now I think you know what you should do” she said. I made much progress and only one year later, I won the first prize in the English Speaking Contest held for secondary school students in my hometown.
56. What difficulties did Nam have in learning English in the first year?
A. The pronunciation
B. The grammar
C. Both pronunciation and grammar
D. The way of improving his pronunciation
57. Who wanted to meet him one afternoon after the lesson?
A. His teacher
B. One of his friends
C. His father
D. His mother
58. Where did Nam and his teacher go after that?
A. to the town library
B. to the school library
C. to the teachers’ room
D. to his house
59. What did the teacher show him then?
A. A glass bookcase
B. An English-English dictionary
C. An English Grammar book
D. Cassettes of pronunciation drills
60. What did he win in the English Speaking Contest one year later?
A. The first prize
B. The second prize
C. The third prize
D. The fourth prize
ĐÁP ÁN
1- D 31- D
2- B 32- A
3- A 33- A
4- C 34- C
5- D 35- A
6- A 36- C
7- C 37- D
8- B 38- A
9- B 39- B
10- D 40- C
11- B 41- B
12- B 42- B
13- C 43- C
14- D 44- B
15- B 45- B
16- A 46- C
17- D 47- A
18- D 48- C
19- D 49- B
20- C 50- A
21- C 51- B
22- A 52- D
23- B 53- C
24- D 54- A
25- A 55- C
26- C 56- C
27- A 57- A
28- C 58- B
29- B 59- D
30- B 60- A
I. Circle the word that contains a different sound in the underlined part. (0.5 pt)
Example:
| 0. A. father | B. capital | C. carpenter | D. car |
| 1. A. worked | B. cleaned | C. played | D. used |
| 2. A. sea | B. leave | C. dream | D. fear |
Example:
| 0. A. great | B. attractive | C. interesting | D. travel |
| 1. A. butter | B. vegetable | C. yogurt | D. cheese |
| 2. A. kick | B. goal | C. player | D. team |
Example: 0. This city is famous _____________ its beauty and peace.
A. with
B. about
C. at
D. for
1. The story is not interesting. It means that the story is ___________.
A. excited
B. exciting
C. bored
D. boring
2. ___________ is good for your health. Please take plenty of it.
A. Fast food
B. Salad
C. Wine
D. Sugar
3. Tom and his classmates_______ a lot of photos on their trip to the countryside.
A. took
B. are taken
C. has taken
D. takes
4. My friend___________ a cycle helmet when he ___________his bike.
A. don’t wear - was falling off
B. didn’t wear - felt off
C. wasn’t wearing - fell off
D. wasn’t wearing - was falling off
5. - Mike: “Are you ready, Peter?”
- Peter: “__________.”
A. I agree
B. Not yet!
C. Here it is
D. You are welcome
6. - Alex: “Would you like ___________ milk?”
- Amy: “Yes, please. But only ___________.”
A. any - any
B. some - a little
C. a - a few
D. some - some
7. The person who helps your pets become better is a ____________.
A. vet
B. journalist
C. boss
D. doctor
8. Which notice says this: “Children do not have to pay.”
A. Mind your head
B. Adult $25. Under 12s FREE
C. Open 24 hours a day
D. Shoes repaired while you wait.
9. - Mary: “Have a chocolate”
- Jenny: “___________. I don’t like chocolate.”
A. No, please
B. No, thanks
C. Yes, I want
D. Yes, thanks.
10. A lot of people in China’s Wu Han city have died ___________ the outbreak of COVID-19.
A. because of
B. because
C. thanks to
D. despite
11. - Husband: “How did the thieves _______?”
- Wife: “They broke a window at the back of the house.”
A. enter in
B. get in
C. get
D. get on
12. We will have an English test ___________ Monday morning next week.
A. in
B. at
C. on
D. X
IV. Read the dialogue and choose the best answer. Write a letter (A-F) for each answer.
(2pts)
Clare: (0) __E__. Do you want to go to the park after school?
Luke: (1) _______________. I have got a Math test tomorrow.
Clare: (2) _______________.
Luke: Yeah.
Clare: What about Saturday? (3) _______________.
Luke: No, I’m not. Why? What are you doing?
Clare: I am going to the shopping center if you want to come.
Luke: (4) ____________. Text me on Saturday morning. Ok?
A. Are you busy then?
B. Sounds great.
C. No, sorry, Clare. I can’t.
D. That’s a pity.
E. Hey, Luke.
F. Yes, of course, Clare.
V. Read the passage and choose the best word (A, B, C, or D) for each space. (2 pts)
Nowadays, (0) _______ England, tea is quite the most popular, and also (1) _______ of all
drinks. People drink their tea in different ways. Some like it with sugar, some (2) _______. Some drink it with milk, some with lemon; yet, one way or another just about everyone drinks tea. This, however, has not always been the case.
During the last century, when tea was very expensive, people kept tea locked up, and the
lady of the house had the (3) _______. Then tea drinking was quite a ceremony, and it was reserved for the evenings. At breakfast everyone (4) _______ beer!
Example: 0. A. In B. At C. For D. On
| 1. A. cheap | B. cheaper | C. cheapest | D. the cheapest |
| 2. A. for | B. about | C. without | D. with |
| 3. A. cup | B. key | C. spoon | D. water |
| 4. A. drank | B. drinks | C. drink | D. drunk |
Summerhill is a boarding school in south-east England. It’s a school with a difference because the teachers don't make the rules - the students make them.
Breakfast is from 8.00 until 9.00 and lessons start at 9.30. Holly is a student here - she likes
lessons. She is studying many subjects. Ivan is a student here, too. He isn't interested in lessons and he can play all day if he wants.
At 12.30 it's lunchtime, and the students and teachers eat together. There are three choices
of meal: one with meat, a vegetarian option and a salad bar, too.
At 1.45 there's a class meeting. The students and teachers talk about problems and they can
change school rules in this meeting. Then there are free-time activities: orchestra practice, drama group or sport.
Ivan goes shopping in town. Holly plays the violin with the orchestra. At 5.30 it's dinner
time. After dinner students chat and do homework. Younger children go bed before 9.30, but older children can go to bed when they want.
So that's a day Summerhill. Do you think school is better when the students make the rules?
A. Read the text again then write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS to complete each
sentence about the text. (2 pts)
Example: 0. At Summerhill the students make the _____________rules___________.
1. Lessons at Summerhill start after __________________________________________.
2. Ivan doesn’t like doing __________________________________________________.
3. At lunchtime the students ______________________________________ the teachers.
4. Students can take part in some __________________________________ after school.
B. Read the text then match sentence halves 1-4 with A-D and write the answers. (2 pts)
Answers
Example: 0 - E
| 0. Summerhill is | A. everyone has dinner |
| 1. Summerhill is | B. interested in lessons |
| 2. Holly is | C. vegetarian food at school. |
| 3. There is | D. a school with a difference. |
| 4. At 5.30 | E. located in south-east England. |
| School Film Club Next week: Blue Whale (Monday and Thursday) 5.30 p.m – 7.00 p.m Tickets: $2.50 each or 10 for five |
| Alex’s notes School Film Club Example: 0. Place: ___ at school_____ 1. Name of film: ____________________ 2. Start time: _____________________ 3. Day: __________________________ 4. One ticket costs: $_________________ |
Example: you / did / yesterday/ go/ Where?
- Where did you go yesterday?.............
1. Mrs. Tam / care / in / of / sick / takes / children / a / hospital / .
__________________________________________________
2. cooking / many / Sarah / so / books / she / has / , / loves / cook / . /
__________________________________________________
3. arrived / a.m / camping / the / about / We / site / at / at / 10 / . /
__________________________________________________
4. COVID-19 / one / died / yet / has / in / We / that / no / Vietnam / are / of / happy / . /
____________________________________________________
IX. Rewrite these sentences using the words given in the capital. (2 pts)
Example: I love English very much. INTERESTED
I’m really interested in English.
1. During the class meeting, we were talking about how to keep fit. HAVING
While we ________________________________________
2. It took George two hours to do his homework. SPENT
George ____________________________________________
3. Nhung’s parents don’t allow her to stay up late. IS
Nhung ____________________________________________
4. Lomonosov school is the best one I have ever known. BETTER
I have never ____________________________________
X. Write a short paragraph (5 - 6 sentences) to talk about your favorite food. (2 pts)
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. neighbor B. favorite C. culture D. tourist
2. A. hobby B. hour C. hotel D. hot
3. A. put B. adult C. junk D. sun
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. well B. sick C. healthy D. fit
5. A. live B. smile C. sleep D. happy
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. Marie is not __________ intelligent __________ her sister.
A. more/as B. so/so C. so/as D. the/of
7. The Sears Tower is __________ building in Chicago.
A. taller B. the more tall C. the tallest D. taller and taller
8. Many young people enjoy __________ community service.
A. do B. to do C. doing D. does
9. __________is your telephone number?
A. When B. Which C. What D. How
10. Her birthday is __________ Friday, August 20th.
A. at B. on C. in D. of
11. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just __________, please.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
12. The teacher wants __________ stay here after school.
A. that you B. for you C. you to D. you
13. My neighborhood is great for outdoor activities __________ it has beautiful parks, sandy beaches and fine weather.
A. because B. so vì thế C. but D. and
14. In the cinema we __________ eat or drink anything.
A. must B. should C. shouldn't D. can
15. "__________" - "It's one of the most beautiful beaches in the world."
A. What is My Khe Beach in Da Nang like?
B. What does My Khe Beach in Da Nang look like?
C. How does My Khe Beach in Da Nang look?
D. What does My Khe Beach in Da Nang like?
IV. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
16. While we were on holiday, we were spending most of our time sightseeing.
____________________________________________________________
17. Paul listened to his iPod, so he didn’t hear the doorbell ring.
____________________________________________________________
18. He is a most intelligent student in our class.
____________________________________________________________
19. Your new car is more cheaper than John’s.
____________________________________________________________
20. He left college when he is 17.
_________________________________________________________
V. Give the correct form of the words.
21. You should stay ___ _______. (health)
22. How ___ _______ is the river? (length)
23. Lan was absent from class because of her __________. (sick)
24. He has a bad cold. He feels very _________. (pleasant)
25. I have an __________ with my doctor at 5 p.m. (appoint)
VI. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct verb form. Chia động tưf
26. He (have) _ _________ dinner when his friend called.
27. She (cook) _ _________ at the moment. That’s why she can’t answer the phone.
28. Jane (leave) _________ just a few minutes ago.
29. She (be) __ ________ extremely quiet since her husband died.
30. A: Do you know that Mrs. Janet _has worked_________ (work) here for sixteen years?
B: I thought she ____started______ (start) working here ten years ago.
VII. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D for each of the gaps to complete the following text.
Tokyo, the capital of Japan, is a big city. The city is filled with factories, large office buildings, banks, restaurants, and shops of all sizes. It is a (31) __________ for Japanese art, and is home to more than 100 colleges and universities. The city is (32) __________ an important seaport. Most Japanese companies have (33) __________main offices in Tokyo. At the heart of Tokyo is the Imperial Palace. This is the place (34) __________ the Emperor of Japan lives with his family. Tokyo is one of the world's biggest and most crowded (35) __________.
31. A. house B. city C. center D. capital
32. A. and B. also C. but D. so
33. A. its B. their C. theirs D. some
34. A. what B. where C. which D. for
35. A. city B. a city C. cities D. the cities
VIII. Read the passage, and then answer the questions.
Ba Be Lake is the largest lake in Viet Nam. It is a mountainous area, nearly 250 km from Ha Noi. When you get to the entrance of Ba Be National Park, you have another 16 kilometre drive through the park to arrive at the small village "Pac Ngoi" of Tay Minority You can stay overnight in a local stilt house.
The next day you can get on your boat and have a trip on Ba Be Lake. You can enjoy the wonder landscape. During the boat trip can visit some caves and the Dau Dang Waterfall. You can also watch the local communities with their daily life.
36. What is Ba Be Lake?
____________________________________________________________
37. Where is it?
____________________________________________________________
38. How can we visit the small village "Pac Ngo" of Tay Minority?
____________________________________________________________
39. What can we visit during the boat trip on Ba Be Lake?
____________________________________________________________
40. What can we watch the local communities?
____________________________________________________________
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. Tim is better at English than Susan.
à Susan isn’t _______________________________________________
42. We spent five hours getting to London.
à It took ___________________________________________________
43. Listening to music gives him pleasure.
à He enjoys ________________________________________________
44. She is more beautiful than her younger sister.
à Her _____________________________________________________
45. They began studying English in 2004.
à They ____________________________________________________
X. Make questions with the underlined words or phrases.
46. It’s five kilometers from our house to the mountain.
____________________________________________________________
47. The show lasts two hours and a half.
____________________________________________________________
48. Watching too much TV is not good because it hurts your eyes.
____________________________________________________________
49. Both parents and their children enjoy the programme.
____________________________________________________________
50. Mr. Cuong did morning exercises at 5.30 yesterday.
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. D 2. B 3. A
II.
4. B 5. D
III.
6. C 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. B 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. C
IV.
16. were spending -> spent
17. listened -> was listening
18. a -> the
19. bỏ more
20. is -> was
V.
21. healthy
22. long
23. sickness
24. unpleasant
25. appointment
VI.
26. was having
27. is cooking
28. left
29. has been
30. has been working / has worked – started
VII.
31. C 32. B 33. B 34. B 35. C
VIII.
36. Ba Be Lake is the largest lake in Viet Nam.
37. It is nearly 250 km from Ha Noi.
38. When you get to the entrance of Ba Be National Park, you have another 16 kilometre drive through the park to arrive at the small village "Pac Ngo" of Tay Minority.
39. You can visit some caves and the Dau Dang Waterfall.
40. You can also watch the local communities with their daily life.
IX.
41. Susan isn’t so/as good at English as Tim.
42. It took us five hours to get to London.
43. He enjoys listening to music.
44. Her younger sister isn’t so/as beautiful as her.
45. They have studied English since 2004.
X.
46. How far is it from your house to the mountain?
47. How long does the show last?
48. Why isn’t watching too much TV good?
49. What do both parents and their children enjoy?
50. What time did Mr. Cuong do morning exercises yesterday?
Part 1. Look and read. Choose the correct words and write them on the lines.
Đây là Dạng bài Tìm từ vựng tiếng Anh có định nghĩa tiếng Anh phù hợp. Loạt từ vựng tiếng Anh dưới đây thuộc chủ đề Family Members: Thành viên trong gia đình giúp các em học sinh kiểm tra vốn từ vựng của bản thân theo chủ đề nhất định hiệu quả.
| Brother; Father; daughter; aunt; husband, grandmother; Divorced; son, nephew; sister; cousin; wife |
2. No longer married
3. A male parent
4. A male child
5. A female child
6. A son of your sister or brother, or a son of the sister or brother of your husband or wife
Part 2. Choose the best correct answer to complete the sentence.
Dạng bài Chọn đáp án đúng hoàn thành câu là môt trong những dạng bài tập tiếng Anh thường gặp trong các đề kiểm tra tiếng Anh cơ bản. Bài tập tiếng Anh này đòi hỏi học sinh phải có lượng kiến thức Từ vựng - Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh nhất định.
1. Are you interested...........playing badminton after class?
A. in
B. with
C. on
D. for
2. " What.........going to Hanoi tomorrow? "
A. to
B. in
C. about
D. for
3. Hoa works very..........so she always gets good marks.
A. badly
B. good
C. Hardly
D. hard
4. The building was built .........1962 and 1969.
A. between
B. from
C. since
D. for
5. This school..........in 1997
A. built
B. is built
C. was built
D. has built
6. Of all my friends, Hoa is.............
A. the tallest
B. the most tallest
C. taller
D. more taller
7. Would you mind if I...............a photo ?
A. take
B. took
C. would take
D. am going to take
8. Last week I ...............my children to the biggest zoo in town.
A. got
B. brought
C. fetch
D. took
9. Are you proud................your country and its tradition ?
A. about
B. on
C. of
D. for
10. Do you collect stamps or other things ? - Yes, I am a stamp.............
A. collecting
B. collector
C. collect
D. Collection
Part 3. Read the conversation and choose the best answer. Write letter A-H for each answer.
Dạng bài Điền câu thích hợp hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại tiếng Anh dưới đây giúp các em học sinh luyện phản xạ tiếng Anh trong giao tiếp hiệu quả.
| A. It's time for class. See you soon! B. I go there everyday C. I often do morning exercise D. How often do you go there E. I like reading books F. Nice to meet you G. The weather today is so nice! H. I love reading books |
Hoa: Hello Ann.
Ann: Hi, Hoa. (1)______________________________.
Hoa: Nice to meet you, too.
Ann: What do you often do in the morning?
Hoa: (2)________________________________.
Ann: Do you usually read books in the morning?
Hoa: Yes. (3)________________________________.
Ann: How often do you go to the library?
Hoa: (4)_____________________. How about you? (5)___________________?
Ann: I go there once a week.
Hoa: (6)_______________________.
Ann: OK. Bye.
Part 4. Read and choose a word from the box. Write the correct word next to numbers 1-6.
Dạng bài Điền từ thích hợp vào đoạn văn tiếng Anh giúp các em học sinh rèn luyện phương pháp điền từ vào đoạn văn hiệu quả cũng như cách xác định từ loại tiếng Anh chính xác tại mỗi chỗ trống.
| Cold; for; seasons; a lot of; spring; much; Summer; about; ends; lives; friends; begins; |
It was the first lesson after the summer holidays at Bills school. The lesson was (1)______the seasons of the year. “There are four (2) ______ in a year." said the teacher. “They are spring, summer, autumn and winter. In spring it is warm and everything (3) ______to grow. In (4) ______ it is hot and there are (5) ______flowers in the fields and gardens. In autumn there are many vegetables and fruit. Everybody likes to eat fruit. In winter it is (6)_______ and it often rains. Sometimes there is snow on the ground”.
Part 5. Read the passage and answer the following questions by choosing A,B,C or D.
Dạng bài Đọc đoạn văn tiếng Anh và lựa chọn câu trả lờ đúng kiểm tra khả năng đọc - hiểu tiếng Anh của em học sinh. Đoạn văn tiếng Anh ngắn với đủ các dạng câu hỏi như: Câu hỏi ý chính đoạn văn, câu hỏi từ vựng, …
The search for alternative sources of energy has led in various directions. Many communities are burning garbage and other biological waste products to produce electricity. Converting waste products to gases or oil is also an efficient way to dispose
of waste.
Experimental work is being done to derive synthetic fuels from coal, oil shale and coal tars. But to date, that process has proven expensive. Other experiments are underway to harness - power with giant windmills. Geothermal power, heat from the earth, is also
being tested.
Some experts expect utility companies to revive hydroelectric power derived from streams and rivers. Fifty years ago hydroelectric power provided one third of the electricity used in the United States, but today it supplies only four percent. The oceans are another potential source of energy. Scientists are studying ways to convert the energy
of ocean currents, tides, and waves to electricity. Experiments are also underway to make use of the temperature differences in ocean water to produce energy.
1. Which is the best title of the passage?
A. Efficient Ways of Disposing of Waste
B. The Use of Water Productions for Energy
C. The Search for Alternative Sources of Energy
D. New Discoveries in Geothermal Power
2. In the second paragraph, the phrase “synthetic fuels” could best be replaced by which
of the following?
Biological fuels
B. Low burning fuels
C. Fast burning fuels
D. Artificial made fuels
3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage as an alternative source of
energy?
Burning of garbage
B. Geothermal power
Synthetic fuels
D. Electricity
4. According to the author, the impracticability of using coal, oil shale and coal tars as
sources of energy is due to ___________ .
their being time consuming
their being money consuming
the scarcity of sources
D. the lack of technology their being money consuming
5. The word “it” in the last paragraph refers to ____.
A. alternative source
B. the United States
C. hydroelectric power
D. Electricity
Part 6. Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same.
Dạng bài Viết lại câu tiếng Anh gồm chuyên đề Ngữ pháp tiếng Anh cơ bản như: Câu bị động, Câu trực tiếp - gián tiếp; Cấu trúc với chủ ngữ giả It; … kiểm tra khả năng vận dụng lý thuyết vào thực tế bài tập hiệu quả.
1.People believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
→ 13 is ..........................................................
2. “How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?”
→ I asked .................................................................
3.No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival.
→ I ............................................................
4.The food was too bad for the children to eat.
→ The food was so .................................
5.It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity.
→ There is no ...................................
6. Skating in the winter is interesting.
→ It .................................................................................................................…
Part 7. Traditional Tet Holiday in Vietnam plays a very important role in cutural
life. In about 80-100 words, write about Tet holiday in Vietnam.
ĐÁP ÁN
Part 1:
1. brother 4. son
2. divorced 5. daughter
3. father 6. nephew
Part 2:
1- A 6- A
2- C 7- B
3- D 8- D
4- A 9- C
5- C 10- B
Part 3:
1- F 4- B
2- C 5- D
3- E 6- A
Part 4:
1. about
2. seasons
3. begins
4. summer
5. a lot of
6. cold
Part 5:
1-C
2- D
3- D
4- B
5- C
Part 6:
13 is believed to be an unlucky number..
2.I asked Mai how many cars there were in front of her/his house.
3.I wasn’t introduced to newcomers in the festival.
4.The food was so bad that the children couldn’t eat it.
5.There is no point in persuading her to join in that activity.
6. It is interesting to skate in the winter.
Part 7:
Lunar New Year or Tet is a biggest traditional festival in Viet Nam. It is held in late January and early February. It's the time when family members reunite and celebrate the occasion together. Tet's preparation lasts many weeks. One or Two days before Tet, people make chung cake and Tet cake. Every one is busy buying new clothes, cleaning and decorating their houses and cooking some traditional food such as: jam, picked onion, gio, spring roll, frozen meet,..., Home is often decorated with plants and flowers at this time with peach blossom or apricot blossom is traditional. People believe that what they do on the first day of the year will influence their luckiness during the whole year. On the first day of the year , people visit relatives, friends. neighbors,.... Children receive their lucky money inside red envelops. Some people go to pagoda to pray for a happy new year for their family, Tet is really a time of fun and festival throughout the country.
Part 1. Look and read. Choose the correct words and write them on the lines.
paper bag; shopper; produce; beverage; bakery;
Aisle; meat; dairy; product; poultry; cleaning; product;
1. A person who buys things in shops.
2. A bag made of paper.
3. The flesh of an animal eaten as food.
4. Foods that are grown or produced on a farm.
5. A long passage between rows of shelves in a shop.
6. A type of food produced from milk.
Part 2: Choose the best correct answer to complete the sentence.
1. We ____________wear school uniforms on Fridays.
A can’t B mustn’t C don’t have to D don’t need
2. My father enjoys ___________ in his free time.
A listens to music B listening to music C listen to music D listening music
3. It often rains heavily _____________ summer.
A in B at C on D for
4. Linda ________________________ last night when her mother___________ home.
A did her homework/ came
B did her homework/ was coming
C was doing her homework/ was coming
D Was doing her homework/ came
5. It’s very kind of you ______________ me with my homework.
A helping B to help C help D to helping
6. Lan is going to _______________ a taxi to visit her grandparents this weekend.
A drive B catch C give D ride
7. Why don’t we _____________ to the cinema tonight?
A go B to go C going D goes
8. We ___________ friends for 5 years.
A are B have been C were D has been
9. Would you mind...................................down the radio, please?
A to turn B turn C turning D turns
She has a ________________ son.
A five-years - old B five –old - years C five – year - olds D five-year-old
Part 3: read the conversation and choose the best answer. Write a letter (A- H) for each answer. You do not need to use all the letter.
1 Mum: Hello Linda, did you have fun at the circus?
Linda: ________________________________
2 Mum: Which was your favorite part of the circus?
Linda: ________________________________
3 Mum: How long did it last?
Linda: ________________________________
4 Mum: Did you go by train?
Linda: ________________________________
5 Mum: Did Uncle Tom give you a snack?
Linda: ________________________________
6 Mum: Me too! Do you want to write a thank-you card for Uncle Tom?
Linda: ________________________________
A. It started at 12 and finished at 3.
B. No, thank you, I’m not hungry.
C. Yes, it was great!
D. No, we went by bus.
E. I liked the clowns best because they were so funny.
F. Yes, that’s a good idea. I’ll do it now.
G. It was raining all morning and sunny in the afternoon.
H. Yes, he did. I had chocolate biscuits! I love chocolate!
Part 4: read and choose a word from the box. Write the correct word next to
numbers 1-5. museum opened dinosaurs traffic walking
dark - show - turned - excited - old
Last Tuesday, Tom went to the toy (1)............................ with his mum. He wanted to see
some (2).......................................robots because robots are his favorite toy. When they
arrived at the museum, Tom felt very (3).................................. . But the museum was closed.
“ Oh no,” said Tom.
Then a woman opened the door of the museum and asked, “ What are you doing here?”
“ We wanted to visit the museum, but it’s closed,” explained Mum.
She said, “ I look after the museum and I can (4).............................you some toys if you are interested.”
“ yes please!” said Tom and his mum together.
They walked inside slowly. The museum was dark and Tom felt afraid. Then the woman
(5)...........................on the lights and suddenly Tom saw lots of beautiful old toys.
“Look at the amazing robots!” he said.
The woman let Tom play with some toy trains and (6).................................... . He had a great afternoon and didn’t want to go home.
Part 5: read the passage and answer the following questions by choosing A, B, C or D.
Aside from just eating food to get energy, you also eat to get vitamins and minerals. Vitamins and minerals don’t provide energy; they help your body run properly. Each vitamin or mineral helps your body in different ways.
The vitamins are: A, B, C, D, E, and K. Vitamin A helps your eyes and immune system.
Vitamin B, actually a group of vitamins, helps your body to get the energy out of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins. They also help with growth and making healthy blood. If you see Thiamin, Niacin, Riboflavin, Folic Acid, and B12 on a food label, these are the B vitamins. Vitamin C helps protect your cells, makes healthy fats in your skin, and gives your immune system a boost. Vitamin D helps your body absorb the calcium you need for your bones and teeth. You actually get this one from the sun, too. Vitamin E helps protect your cells. Vitamin K helps your blood and bones.
There are a lot of minerals, but the main ones your body needs are: Calcium, Copper, Iodine, Iron, Magnesium, Phosphorous, Potassium, Selenium, Sodium and Zinc. You won't see all of these on every food label, but you might see a lot of them on your cereal boxes. Minerals generally help your body run correctly. They help your glands, organs, and body work at its best. They support your immune system, help to regulate your body’s functions like breathing, growing, your heart rate, and energy production, and do many other things.
It is important to eat a variety of foods to get all of the vitamins and minerals. This includes foods like: vegetables, beans, fruit, grains, proteins, and dairy. Each food gives you a little of what you need. If you don't have a well - rounded diet, you might not be getting all of what you need. Children's vitamins can help, but getting vitamins and minerals from foods is the best way to get essential nutrients.
1. According to writer.....................................
a. Eating food helps you get both energy and vitamins and minerals.
b. Vitamins and minerals provide lots of energy.
c. Vitamins and minerals don’t help your body run properly.
d. Each vitamin or mineral helps your body in similar ways.
2. Vitamin B helps......................................
a. your eyes and immune system.
b. helps your body to get the energy out of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins.
c. helps protect your cells, makes healthy fats in your skin, and gives your immune
system a boost.
d. helps your body absorb the calcium you need for your bones and teeth.
3. Calcium, Copper, Iodine, Iron, Magnesium, Phosphorous, Potassium, Selenium,
Sodium and Zinc help.................................................
a. your body absorb the calcium you need for your bones and teeth.
b. helps your eyes and immune system. Vitamin B, actually a group of vitamins, helps
your body to get the energy out of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins.
c. support your immune system, help to regulate your body’s functions like breathing,
growing, your heart rate, and energy production, and do many other things.
d. protect your cells, your blood and bones.
4. Eating a variety of foods to get all of the vitamins and minerals is.......................
a. Depending
b. Unnecessary
c. Important
d. Unimportant
5. The best way to get essential nutrients is............................…
a. from foods
b. from children’s vitamins
c. from junk food
d. from unhealthy food.
Part 6: Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stay the same.
1. The last time I saw her was three months ago.
I ........................................................................................................................
2. It took me three hours to do my homework last night.
I spent................................................................................................................
3. How long have you bought this car?
When..................................................................................................................
4. Let’s go camping this weekend.
Why ...................................................................................................................
5. Noone in my class is as tall as Hang.
Hang ...................................................................................................................
6. My father walks to work every day.
My father goes.....................................................................................................
ĐÁP ÁN
Look and read. Choose the correct words and write them on the lines.
1 - Shopper
2 - Paper bag
3 - Meat
4 - Produce
5 - Aisle
6 - Diary product
Choose the best correct answer to complete the sentence.
1 - C; 2 - B; 3 - A; 4 - D; 5 - B; 6 - B; 7 - A; 8 - B; 9 - C; 10 - D
Read the conversation and choose the best answer. Write a letter (A- H) for each answer. You do not need to use all the letter.
1 - C; 2 - E; 3 - A; 4 - D; 5 - H: 6 - F
Read and choose a word from the box. Write the correct word next to numbers 1-5.
1 - museum; 2 - old; 3 - excited; 4 - show; 5 - turned; 6 - dinosaurs
Read the passage and answer the following questions by choosing A, B, C or D.
1 - a; 2 - b; 3 - c; 4 - c; 5 - a
Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stay the same.
1 - I haven’t seen her for three months.
2 - I spent three hours doing my homework last night.
3 - When did you buy this car?
4 - Why don’t we go camping this weekend?
5 - Hang is the tallest in my class.
6 - My father goes to work on foot every day.
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. channel B. game C. national D. relax
2. A. show B. programme C. sport D. most
3. A. thirty B. theme C. both D. them
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. boring B. international C. national D. local
5. A. viewer B. audience C. watcher D. director
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. I want to watch the cartoon __________ I turn on the TV.
A. but B. so C. although D. because
7. Where are the children? They __________ in the yard.
A. play B. are playing C. is playing D. plays
8. VTV is a __________ television channel in Viet Nam, and it attracts millions of TV viewers in Viet Nam.
A. wide B. local C. international D. national
9. That TV programme is not only interesting __________ it also teaches children many things about family and friendship.
A. but B. so C. and D. because
10. Many people with different skills work hard __________ quality programmes for television.
A. produce B. to produce C. producing D. to producing
11. Have you ever __________ to London?
A. be B. being C. been D. gone
12. Britain's most common __________ activities are watching TV and films, and listening to the radio.
A. free B. leisure C. good D. popular
13. In team sports, the two teams __________ against each other in order to get the better score.
A. are B. do C. make D. compete
14. Super cars will __________ water in the future.
A. go by B. run at C. run on D. travel by
15. __________ pencils and rapper, every student will have a computer.
A. By B. Instead C. Instead of D. At
IV. Use the words in the box to complete the sentences.
| How How long How wide How deep How far How heavy How tall How often How high How much |
16. __________ are you? – One meter fifty centimeters.
17. __________ does he go swimming? – Three times a week.
18. __________ are these buildings? – Over 100 meters high.
19. __________ is it from here to the post office? – About one kilometer.
20. __________ is your brother? – 60 kilos.
21. __________ do you go to school? – By bicycle.
22. __________ did you stay in Nha Trang? – Two weeks.
23. __________ is it? – It’s twenty thousand dong.
V. Give the correct form of the verb in bracket.
24. Look! The teacher (come) __________. She (have) __________ long black hair.
25. My father (drive) __________ me to school everyday.
26. Students must (go) __________ to school on time.
27. Susan (not know) __________ about the exam and she did very badly.
28. The boy (learn) __________ for three years, but he can't understand this letter.
VI. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
29. We live in 50 Le Hong Phong street.
____________________________________________________________
30. They speak French to her, not English, so her English doesn’t improved.
____________________________________________________________
31. She is very shy although she doesn’t enjoy parties.
____________________________________________________________
32. He smokes so many; perhaps that’s why he can’t get rid of his cough.
____________________________________________________________
33. He doesn’t work overtime, so he doesn’t earn as much as I am.
____________________________________________________________
VII. Using the words in the box to complete the dialogue and answer the questions below.
| also empty near from cheapest expensive most teaches |
John Robinson is an English teacher (34) __________ the USA. He (35) __________ English in a high school in Ha Noi. Now he is looking for an apartment (36) __________ the school. There are three (37) __________ apartments. The first one is a big apartment. It’s comfortable, but it’s very (38) __________. The second one is (39) __________ a lovely apartment, but it’s quite expensive, too. The last one is smaller than the other two, but it’s the (40) __________ of the three. It has a bright living room, two bedrooms and a large, modern kitchen. Mr. Robinson thinks the third apartment is the (41) __________ suitable for his family.
VIII. Read the passage, and then choose the correct answers.
San Francisco, a very hilly city, is in the San Francisco Bay. Although there are many modern skyscrapers in the city centre, houses in the suburbs are in the styles of the 19th century.
The celebration of the Chinese New Year in San Francisco's Chinatown is one thing that you should not miss.
You can find the best food from around the world: Brazilian, Indian, Japanese, Korean, Mexican, Russian, Thai, Chinese and much more. Don't forget to visit a jazz club or an outdoor coffee shop to enjoy good coffee and fresh air. You should visit Mission Dolores, an old church built by the Spanish in the 18th century.
42. Which of the following sentences is true about San Francisco?
A. San Francisco is not a very hilly city.
B. San Francisco is not in the San Francisco Bay.
C. San Francisco has only old houses.
D. San Francisco is a city with modern skyscrapers in the city centre.
43. What is second paragraph about?
A. nightlife B. festivals C. scenery D. architecture
44. Where can we have coffee and enjoy fresh air?
A. Chinatown B. Old houses C. Churches D. Outdoor coffee shops
45. Which of the following sentences is NOT true about San Francisco?
A. San Francisco is in the San Francisco Bay.
B. The celebration of the Chinese New Year in San Francisco's Chinatown is very interesting.
C. You can only enjoy American and Chinese food in San Francisco.
D. You should enjoy jazz at a jazz club in San Francisco.
46. By whom was Mission Dolores built in the 18th century?
A. By people from Germany. B. By people from Spain.
C. By people from Brazil. D. By people from Europe.
IX. Rewrite the following sentences.
47. It isn’t necessary to finish the work today.
à You don’t _________________________________________________
48. I have never read such a romantic story before.
à This is ____________________________________________________
49. He prefers golf to tennis.
à He’d rather ________________________________________________
50. Speaking English fluently is not easy.
à It ________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. B 2. C 3. D
II.
4. A 5. D
III.
6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. C
IV.
16. How tall
17. How often
18. How high
19. How far
20. How heavy
21. How
22. How long
23. How much
V.
24. is coming – has
25. drives
26. go
27. didn’t know
28. has been learning
VI.
29. in -> at
30. improved -> improve
31. although -> so
32. many -> much
33. am -> do
VII.
34. from
35. teaches
36. near
37. near
38. expensive
39. also
40. cheapest
41. most
VIII.
42. D 43. B 44. D 45. C 46. B
IX.
47. You don’t need to finish the work today.
48. This is the first time I have ever been read such a romantic story.
49. He’d rather play golf than tennis.
50. It is not easy to speak English fluently.
Question 1: May likes animal very much; she has a lot of ____ keeping dogs and cats
A. paths
B. difficulties
C. taste
D. experience
Question 2: When a tornado comes, we should fine a safe ___ on the ground of even underground.
A. cloth
B. shelter
C. weather
D. supply
Question 3: Octopuses change their body patterns to create ___
A. swim
B. attack
C. see
D. camouflage
Question 4: It was really hard for his uncle to ___ a living in this big city
A. help
B. earn
C. save
D. bend
Question 5: Because Nancy didn’t eat lunch, she began to feel ____ and hungry during class
A. lucky
B. great
C. weak
D. dirty
Question 6: The winds from the ____ lifted a car and moved it 30 meters
A. storm
B. tornado
C. flood
D. hurricane
Question 7: He tried to give up smoking but couldn’t break the ___
A. habit
B. pastime
C. favor
D. hobby
Question 8: Schools are closed ____ the corona virus.
A. when
B. because
C. because of
D. although
Question 9: The fastest way to get ______ the museum is to take the train.
A. to
B. at
C. away
D. off
Question 10: It’s important to know how to _____ energy in everyday life.
A. waste
B. hold
C. save
D. help
Question 11: Rearrange the words in correct sentences:
Learn/write/literature,/about/essays./In/and/we/books/the
A. In literature, we learn about the books and write essays.
B. In literature, we learn about and the books write essays.
C. In literature, we learn the books and about write essays.
D. We learn in literature about the books and write essays.
Question 12: The number of visitors to the beach every summer ____ about 100,000.
A. are
B. has
C. have
D. is
Question 13: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. pollution
B. question
C. station
D. attraction
Question 14: Let’s prepare for the party, ____?
A. Don’t they
B. do we
C. will you
D. shall we
Question 15: The plane _____ land because of the rain.
A. aren’t going
B. isn’t going
C. aren’t going to
D. isn’t going to
Question 16: Read and choose the best answer.
Carbohydrates, which are sugars, are an essential part of a healthy diet. They provide the main source of energy for the body, and they also function to flavor and sweeten foods. Carbohydrates range from simple sugars like glucose to complex sugars such as amylose and 5 amylopectin. Nutritionists estimate that carbohydrates should make up about one-fourth to one-fifth of a person's diet. This translates to about 75-100 grams of carbohydrates per day.
A diet that is deficient in carbohydrates can have an adverse effect 10 on a person's health. When the body lacks a sufficient amount of carbohydrates it must then use its protein supplies for energy, a process called gluconeogenesis. This, however, results in a lack of necessary protein, and further health difficulties may occur. A lack of carbohydrates can also lead to ketosis, a build-up of ketones 15 in the body that causes fatigue, lethargy, and bad breath.
1. What is the main idea of this passage?
A. Carbohydrates prevent a build-up of proteins
B. Carbohydrates are an expendable part of a good diet.
C. Carbohydrates are needed for good health.
D. Carbohydrates can lead to ketosis.
2. According to the passage, what do most nutritionists suggest?
A. Carbohydrates should be eaten in very small quantities.
B. Sufficient carbohydrates will prevent gluconeogenesis.
C. Carbohydrates are simple sugars called glucose.
D. Carbohydrates should make up about a quarter of a person's daily diet.
3. Which of the following do carbohydrates NOT do?A. cause gluconeogenesis
B. prevent ketosis
C. provide energy for the body
D. flavor and sweeten food
4. What does the word "this" refer to ?
A. having an insufficient amount of protein
B. using protein supplies for energy
C. converting carbohydrates to energy
D. having a deficiency in carbohydrates
5. According to the passage, which of the following does NOT describe carbohydrates?
A. an energy source
B. a protein supply
C. a range of sugars
D. a necessity
Question 17:
Dear Jennifer,
Do you want to go to the night market tomorrow night to look for some T-shirts? My mom’s friend from Canada is here for a visit, and she would like to see a night market.
Would you like to go with us? If you can join us, don’t eat any dinner because we will be eating a lot of snacks at the market. My dad will take us there and bring us back in his car. We can go to your house to pick you up at 6:30. Can you ask your parents if it’s OK for you to go with us? Please write to tell me your decision as soon as possible.
Bye,
Eric.
1. Why does Eric’s mother want to go to the night market?
A. To show her friend the market
B. To buy some food for dinner
C. To pick up her husband there
D. To get Eric present
2. What do we learn about Eric from this message?
A. He will write to Jenifer tomorrow.
B. His father can drive
C. He has a foreign friend
D. His mother’s friend bought him a T-shirt
Question 18: Choose the answer that is closest in meaning to the following sentence:
She stayed in bed because of her sickness
A. She was sick because she stayed in bed
B. Because being sick she stayed in bed
C. She was sick because of staying in bed
D. Because she was sick, she stayed in bed
Question 19: Reorder the sentence:
personal/best/my/gives/of/with/my/lots/help/friend/problems/me/.
A. My personal problems gives me lots of help with my best friend.
B. My best friend gives me lots of help with my personal problems.
C. Lots of help my personal problems my best friend gives me
D. My best friend gives me with my personal problems lots of help
Question 20: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. reason
B. person
C. present
D. poisonous
Question 21: Read and choose the correct answer for each following questions
Our neighbor, Mr. King, is seventy years old. He lives very happily with his family. Mr. King is of great help to the children in a local orphanage. He collects paper and old boxes from local businesses and sells them to get money for the children.
One day, while Mr. King was riding along the street, he saw an open bag with a lot of money on the road. He knew that the owner of the bag would very be worried, so he took it immediately to the local police station.
A few hours later, Mr. King got a phone call from an old lady. She said: “ I am the owner of the bag. Thank you very much for returning the bag. I would like to give you a part of the money as a reward for your honesty.” When Mr. King heard this, he said: “ Could you give me a reward to the orphanage?” The old lady thought it was a good idea and agreed to do so.
1. What would be the best title for this story?
A. Mr. King’s children
B. A free gift
C. Mr. King’s kindness
D. A happy family
2. Who called Mr. King after he got home after that day?
A. The old man who rode a bicycle
B. The lady who lose the bag
C. The child who needed money
D. The policeman who found the bag
3. According to the story, what is the lady probably going to do next?
A. Talk to the owner of the bag
B. Ask Mr. King to keep the bag
C. Tell the police what happened
D. Help some poor children
Question 22: You can hear thunder. There ____ lightning.
A. is going
B. are going to be
C. is going to be
D. will be
Question 23: Reorder this sentences:
Ms.Linh/taught/for/ten/English/years/.
A. Ms. Linh has taught English for ten years.
B. Ms. Linh taught English has for ten years.
C. Ms. Linh has taught ten English for years.
D. Ms. Linh has taught for ten years English.
Question 24: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. clothes
B. further
C. other
D. breath
Question 25: Duncan improved his English speaking ability by ____ with his sister every day.
A. practised
B. practicing
C. practices
D. practice
Question 26: Reorder this sentences:
monkeys/were/the/When/tree/on/saw/,/they/ climbing/I/the/.
A. When I were climbing on the trees, they saw the monkeys.
B. When I saw the monkeys, they climbing were on the tree.
C. When I saw the monkeys, they were climbing on the tree.
D. When I saw the trees, monkeys they were climbing on the tree.
Question 27: Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
A. breath
B. therefore
C. thus
D. weather
Question 28: Reorder this sentence:
I/my/the/that/friend/umbrella/last/lost/week/me/lent/it/./
A. My friend lost the umbrella that I lent me last week
B. I lost the umbrella that my friend lent me last week.
C. I lost the umbrella me that my friend lent last week.
D. I lost that umbrella the my friend lent me last week.
Question 29: Lily didn’t go to bed until three o’clock this morning.
Right now she ____ a rest
A. has taken
B. is taking
C. takes
D. was taking
Question 30: Reorder this sentence:
still/mother/so/is/my/tired/I/My/will/house/buy/in/medicine/the/to/pharmacy /some/next/./
A. My mother is still tired so I will buy some pharmacy in the medicine next to my house
B. My mother is so tired still I will buy some medicine in the pharmacy next to my house
C. My mother is still tired so I will buy some medicine in the pharmacy next to the house
D. My mother is will tired so I still buy some medicine in the pharmacy next to my house
Question 31: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others
A. area
B. face
C. place
D. tornado
Question 32: Choose the answer that is closest in meaning to the following sentence:
Let’s go to the seaside this summer.
A. How about going to the seaside this summer?
B. What about to the seaside this summer?
C. I suggested going to the seaside this summer
D. Why do we go to the seaside this summer?
Question 33: Reorder this sentence:
the/friends/They/movies/frequently/than/go/more/their/to/.
A. They to go the friends more frequently than their movies.
B. They go to the movies more frequently than their friends.
C. They go more frequently than the movies to their friends.
D. They go to the movies frequently more than their friends.
Question 34: A fox can run ____ a rabbit.
A. as fast B. as faster as
C. as fast as
D. as fastly as
Question 35: I promise I ___ that again
A. don’t do
B. wouldn’t do
C. didn’t do
D. won’t do
Question 36: I’m very proud ____ my daughter, she worked very hard.
A. on
B. with
C. of
D. at
Question 37: A sea turtle isn’t as dangerous _____ a shark.
A. for
B. more
C. than
D. as
Question 38: Choose the answer that is closest in meaning to the following sentence: Tom cried a lot when he was a child.
A. Tom used cry a lot when he was a child.
B. Tom used to crying a lot when he was a child.
C. Tom is used to crying a lot when he was a child
D. Tom used to cry a lot when he was a child.
Question 1-13: Circle the letter A,B,C or D to indicate the correct answer of each the following questions.
Question 1: This is the first time I ___________ this film.
A. am seeing B. saw C. see D. have seen
Question 2: They haven’t seen each other ______________ Christmas.
A. since B. for C. at D. in
Question 3: He was born in England. English is his _____________.
A. mother tongue B. first language
C. foreign language D. A and B are correct
Question 4: _____________ is Teachers’ Day in Malaysia?
A. Who B. What C. Where D. When
Question 5: People go to a __________ to look at the famous works of art.
A. stadium B. gallery C. theater D. fair
Question 6: You should _____________ your lesson before the examination.
A. read B. look C. revise D. study
Question 7: Keep all dangerous things out of children’s _____________.
A. hands B. place C. reach D. head
Question 8: Students should work ___________ to make their parents happy.
A. hard B. hardly C. in hard way D. more hardly
Question 9: What are ____________? – They are pens.
A. This B. that C. those D. there
Question 10: Make sure that the needles are sterile.
free from bacteria
slightly clean
straight
D. unused
Question 11: She is a _______ girl with _______.
green-eyes/ red hair
B. green-eyed/ red hairs
C. green-eye/ a red hair
D. green-eyed/ red hair
Question 12: They spent a lot of money on food and clothes.
a) A lot of money was spent on food and clothes.
b) A lot of money were spent on food and clothes.
c) A lot of money on food and clothes were spent.
d) A lot of money on food and clothes was spent.
Question 13: My classroom is ____________ the second floor.
A. In B. on C. at D. about
Question 14-16: Circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 14: –“How far is it from here to the nearest post office?" –“_____________.”
Turn left and then turn right
B. Two kilometers at least
C. No, it's rather far
D. Yes, it's quite near he
Question 15: –“What will we do when we want to call the Fire Service?” –“______________”
Dial 113
Dial 114
Dial 115
D. Dial 116
Question 16: –“What do you usually do on your day off?” –“___________________”
I usually drive to work
B. I will sleep all day
C. I usually do not much
D. Nothing much. I always sleep until noon
Question 17-20: Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the answer to each of the following questions.
It is five o’clock in the evening when Rene Wagner come home from work. She walks into the living room and looks at her three children. They are 14,13 and 9 years old. They are watching TV. The living room is a mess. There are dirty socks on the floor and cookies on the sofa. Games and toys are everywhere. Rene is angry, “This place is a mess” she tells her children, “I can’t work all day and then do housework all evening. I’m not going to do housework!”Rene doesn’t do housework. She doesn’t clean or wash dishes. She doesn’t wash clothes, either. Every evening she sits on the sofa and watches TV.
After two weeks, every plate, fork and glass in the house is dirty. All the children’s clothes are dirty. Every garbage basket is full. The house is a mess.
Then, one day Rene comes home from work and gets a big surprise. The kitchen is clean. The children clean the kitchen !
The next day, the living room is clean, and the children are washing their clothes. Rene tells the children “OK, I’ll do the housework again. But you have to help me.”
Now Rene and her three children do the housework together. Then they all sit on the sofa and watch TV!
17. When Rene came home from work, she found the house ________________.
A. clean and dirty
B. dirty and tidy
C. dirty and untidy
D. clean but untidy
18. Rene told her children _________________.
A. to do the housework
B. she couldn’t do housework
C. not to do housework
D. she wouldn’t do housework
19. Some days later, the house was clean again because ______________.
A. she couldn’t let it that way
B. her children did housework.
C. her children didn’t do housework.
D. she did housework again.
20. Now Rene does housework again because __________________.
A. her children help her.
B. they can watch TV together.
C. her children wash their clothes.
D. her children don’t do it.
Question 21-24: Read the description of some words. Write the correct words in the boxes.
Question 21: A person who treats people’s teeth. (7 letters)
Question 22: A set of rooms on each floor of a large building. (9 letters)
Question 23: Money that you save in the bank. (7 letters)
Question 24: Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb “A bad beginning ...............… a bad ending.” (5 letters)
Question 25: Write your answer (at least 25 words) to the question:
What is your favourite subject at school?
ĐÁP ÁN
1- D 11- D
2- A 12- A
3- D 13- B
4- D 14- B
5- B 15- B
6- C 16- A
7- A 17- C
8- A 18- D
9- C 19- B
10- A 20- A
21- Dentist
22- Apartment
23- Deposit
24- Makes ( đầu xuôi đuôi lọt)
25.
Nội dung
Question 1: …………………………………is good for your body and can keep you healthy.A. Regular exercise
B. Oversleeping
C. Eating junk food
Question 2: ……………………….can be used to heat food very quickly by using waves of energy.
A. A blender
B. A coffee maker
C. A microwave
D. A dishwasher
Question 3: These types of food made from milk are ……………………………………
A. cleaning products
B. frozen products
C. farming products
D. dairy products
Question 4: Which of the following energy sources is unclean and limited?
A. sunlight
B. wind
C. coal
D. water power
Question 5: The sister of your father or mother or the wife of your uncle is called …………... in English.
A. mother
B. grandmother
C. aunt
D. sister
Question 6: Nguyen Tat Thanh School was founded ………………..July 4th 1998.
A. at
B. in
C. on
D. with
Question 7: Many foreign tourists say that Ho Chi Minh city is ………………than Hanoi.
A. exciting
B. more exciting
C. excited
D. more excited
Question 8: Hanoi is the ………………….of the Vietnam.
A. biggest city
B. capital
C. district
D. smallest province
Question 9: In her dream she ………..over the sea and waved to the people on boats below.
A. flied
B. flown
C. flies
D. flew
Question 10: Our grandparents live in …………………….in the countryside.
A. a big old beautiful house
B. a big beautiful old house
C. an old big beautiful house
D. a beautiful big old house
Question 11: Whales are …………………….. They are warm-blooded and breathe air through a pair of lungs.
A. fish
B. amphibians
C. mammals
D. Reptiles
Question 12: Which of the following activities can help save electricity at home?
A. Turn off the lights and the fans when you don’t need them.
B. Plug electric appliances like fridges, lights when they are not in use.
C. Only do laundry or dishes when you have a full load.
D. A and C are correct.
Question 13:……….is the flesh of a cow or bull used as food and has a source of high quality protein and nutrients.
A. Beef
B. Chicken
C. Lamb
D. Pork
Question 14-16: Circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 14: Debbie: “Would you like to go to the cinema tonight?” Becky: “………………………………..”
A. I’ d love to.
C. I’ d want to.
B. I’m fine. And you?
D. Let’s go. I’m afraid.
Question 15: Daisy: “What do you do for a living?”
Tom: “…………………”
A. I work as a teaching.
B. I work as a chef.
C. I’m a direct.
D. I’m a cooker.
Question 16: Student A: “May I borrow your pen?”
Student B: “………………………….”
A. Yes, you may.
B. No, you can.
C. Yes, of course.
D. No, here you are.
Question 17 - 20: Read the following passage and circle the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the answer to each of the following questions.
My name’s Tom and yesterday it was my birthday. I was nine and I got a lot of presents. Mum took pictures when I opened my presents. I got a red football and a blue sweater, my favorite colour! But my favorite present was a new bike. It’s great. My old bike was small so I didn’t like it. After school I went to the swimming pool with three friends. When we were there, we didn’t want to swim at first because the water was very cold, but when we did we had great fun. Then Mum shouted “Time to go home!” so we had a shower and got dressed quickly.
Question 17: What was Tom’s favorite present?
A. a red football
B. a blue sweater
C. a new bike
D. pictures
Question 18: Which of the following words has the same meaning as “presents” in the passage?
A. now
B. gifts
C. moment
D. Wishes
Question 19: What is NOT TRUE, according to the passage?
A. Tom’s old bike was not large so he disliked it.
B. Tom and his friends swam and they had a good time.
C. Mum took pictures when Tom opened his presents.
D. One of Tom’s presents was a red sweater.
Question 20: How old was Tom?
A. 9 years old
B. 8 years old
C. 19 years old
D. 10 years old
Question 21-24: Read the description of some words. Write the correct words in the boxes.
Question 21: People who are related to you by blood or marriage. (9 letters)
Question 22: If you want a book, but you don’t want to buy one, you can get one from this place. (7 letters)
Question 23: Someone who plays a musical instrument especially as a job. (8 letters)
Question 24: Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb “Where there’s a .................., there’s a way.” (4 letters)
Question 25: Write your answer (at least 25 words) to the question:
What do you want to be when you grow up? Why?
Đáp án
| 1 - A | 2 - C | 3 - D | 4 - C | 5 - C |
| 6 - C | 7 - B | 8 - B | 9 - D | 10 - D |
| 11 - C | 12 - D | 13 - A | 14 - A | 15 - B |
| 16 - C | 17 - C | 18 - B | 19 - D | 20 - A |
| 21 - Relatives | 22 - library | 23 - musician | 24 - will |
Em muốn làm nghề gì khi em lớn lên? Tại sao?
Hướng dẫn:
Em muốn làm nghề gì trong tương lai? - Ghi ngành nghề mà em yêu thích như: Giáo viên, Phi công, Lái xe, ...
Tại sao em muốn làm ngành nghề đó? - Ghi rõ lý do vì sao.
VÍ dụ: Em muốn làm nghề giáo viên tiếng Anh vì em thích học tiếng Anh, em thích được tìm hiểu rõ về văn hóa các nước nói tiếng Anh, hay vì em yêu trẻ em, ...
Ngoài ra các em có thể viết thêm cách Làm thế nào để có thể làm được ngành nghề đó.
Ví dụ: Để có thể trở thành giáo viên tiếng Anh, em cần phải học thật giỏi môn tiếng Anh, ...
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. character B. school C. teacher D. chemistry
2. A. earth B. earn C. heart D. heard
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
3. A. comedian B. newsreader C. film producer D. programme
4. A. cartoon B. world news C. studio D. documentary
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
5. "Which __________ is Britain in?" - "Europe"
A. country
B. continent
C. city
D. area
6. That city is most famous __________ its fashion shops.
A. to
B. with
C. for
D. of
7. Nam plays sports very often, so he looks very __________.
A. sport
B. sports
C. sporty
D. sporting
8. Last summer, I __________ fishing with my uncle in the afternoon.
A. go
B. went
C. goes
D. going
9. They cancelled their picnic __________ the weather was bad.
A. because
B. when
C. but
D. or
10. __________ the programme is late, we will wait to watch it.
A. Because
B. Although
C. When
D. So
11. You can watch Harry Potter on TV __________ you can read it.
A. so
B. when
C. but
D. or
12. I __________ born on the first of May.
A. were
B. was
C. are
D. is
13. In team sports, the two teams __________ against each other in order to get the better score.
A. are
B. do
C. make
D. compete
14. __________ draw on the walls and tables, please.
A. Do
B. Don't
C. Should
D. Shouldn't
IV. Fill in the blank with although, and, because, but, or, since, so, unless, until, when.
15. She has not called __________ she left last week.
16. I saw him leaving an hour __________ two ago.
17. This is an expensive __________ very useful book.
18. We will go swimming next Sunday __________ it's raining.
19. I heard a noise __________ I turned the light on.
V. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes
20. The children have put away their toys but they didn’t make their beds yet.
21. Would you mind waiting little minutes?
22. When we were on holiday, we spent too a lot of money.
23. Some flowers bought for his mother on her birthday yesterday.
24. A new high school builds in our town next year.
VI. Match the sentence halves, writing the answer in each blank.
| 25. I looked for the key, | a. and had to stay at home. |
| 26. My friends were ill | b. because I studied very hard. |
| 27. I got good marks on the test | c. so we couldn't be home by eleven. |
| 28. The film started at ten, | d. so I couldn't buy anything. |
| 29. She likes you a lot | e. but I just couldn't find it. |
| 30. I lost my money, | f. because she thinks you are very intelligent. |
31. We must (take) __________ an umbrella. It (rain) __________.
32. The weather is becoming (cold) __________.
33. He (stay) __________ there for two days when he comes there.
34. My best friend (write) __________ to me every week.
35. You can borrow my umbrella. I (not need) __________ it at the moment.
VIII. Read the article and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Information about what happens in the world comes to us in many ways. Television and radio are two important ways of the news. They get the news out faster than the newspapers and magazines, and they don't have to be read. Television and radio stations broadcast the news several times each day. In America, there are the news programmes every hour. People can choose the favourite TV programmes, such as sports, films, fashion, news, etc. People who cannot read get the news from television or radio easily.
True False
36. There are only two ways of getting the news.
37. Television and radio get the news faster than other ways.
38. Television stations broadcast the news several times each day.
39. People cannot choose the TV programmes that they like.
40. Television can bring the news to people who cannot read.
IX. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
41. We go to the zoo twice a month.
____________________________________________________________
42. We can meet in front of the theater at 7.30.
____________________________________________________________
43. Bob likes the comedy because it makes him laugh.
____________________________________________________________
44. Simon is in a lot of pain now because he has a toothache.
____________________________________________________________
45. I felt sick after eating that food.
____________________________________________________________
X. Write complete sentences, using the given cues.
46. not very far/ Ha Noi/ Noi Bai Airport
____________________________________________________________
47. Turn/all/light/every/time/leave/room
____________________________________________________________
48. I/ think/ skate/ more/ interesting/ mountain - climbing.
____________________________________________________________
49. when/ I/ ten/ begin/ play football.
____________________________________________________________
50. in/ future/ my father/ go abroad.
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. C 2. D 3. D
II.
4. D 5. C
III.
6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. B 12. D 13. B 14. D 15. B
IV.
16. since 17. or 18. but 19. unless 20. so
V.
21. didn’t -> haven’t
22. little -> a few
23. a lot of -> much
24. bought -> were bought
25. builds -> will be built
VI.
26. e 27. a 28. b 29. c 30. f
VII.
31. take – is raining
32. colder and colder
33. will stay
34. writes
35. don’t need
VIII.
36. False 37. True 38. True 39. False 40. True
IX.
41. How often do you go to the zoo?
42. Where can you/we meet at 7.30?
43. Why do Bob like the comedy?
44. Why is Simon in a lot of pain?
45. How do you feel after eating that food?
X.
46. It is not very far from Ha Noi to Noi Bai airport.
47. Turn off all the lights every time you leave the room.
48. I think skating is more interesting than mountain – climbing.
49. When I was ten, I began to play football.
50. In the future, my father will go abroad.
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D.
1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried
2. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar
3. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage
II. Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
4. A. teacher B. college C. professor D. lecture
5. A. revision B. decision C. grocery D. collection
III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best completes the sentence.
6. The fatter I become, the __________ I run.
A. quicker B. more slowly C. slower D. more fast
7. __________ go past the traffic lights, and __________ turn left.
A. First - than B. First - then C. Then - first D. Finally - then
8. It is __________ to live far from the market and the supermarket.
A. easy B. inconvenient C. convenient D. comfortable
9. They have been in love with each other __________ they were young.
A. while B. until C. for D. since
10. I have been __________ many beautiful places in Viet Nam.
A. at B. on C. in D. to
11. __________ are the Olympic Games held?
A. How B. How long C. How often D. How much
12. Leave early so that you __________ miss the bus.
A. didn’t B. shouldn’t C. won’t D. mustn’t
13. What's the weather __________ in Hanoi?
A. to like B. likes C. like D. liking
14. A hi-tech robot will help us __________ children while we are away.
A. look out B. look at C. look after D. look in
15. Our future houses will use __________ energy, and they are very friendly to the environment.
A. sun B. sunny C. solar D. lunar
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition.
16. They translated the letter __________ French.
A. for B. with C. into D. about
17. She always takes good care __________ her children.
A. for B. in C. of D. with
18. We went there __________ a car and stayed there for the whole day.
A. in B. on C. with D. by
19. I write letters __________ my right hand.
A. in B. by C. with D. at
20. He congratulated me __________ winning the competition.
A. of B. on C. at D. about
V. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
21. The little boy didn't know how lacing his shoes.
____________________________________________________________
22. I would rather live on a farm than to live in a city.
____________________________________________________________
23. The workers are buildinga new bridge which is 150 meters in high.
____________________________________________________________
24. This text is too long for me to read it.
____________________________________________________________
25. The course is good, but more hard than I thought.
____________________________________________________________
VI. Give the correct form of the words in brackets.
26. D.E Huges was the __________ of microphone. (invent)
27. People in the countryside is __________. (friend)
28. If it doesn't rain soon, there'll be a great __________ of water. (short)
29. Taxi drivers have to have a very good __________ on the street names. (know)
30. Environmental __________ is every body's responsibility. (protect)
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.
Rescue robots (31) __________ hi-tech toys, but we are now using more robotic planes, helicopters. We can use them after storms, earthquakes, or fires to provide us with important (32) __________. They have cameras and microphones that help rescue workers understand how much damage (33) __________ and (34) __________ where the victims are. These planes work (35) __________ between 30 and 120 metres in the air and they can rescue people in somewhere very dangerous.
31. A. look B. look like C. looks like D. look at
32. A. information B. newspapers C. ideas D. thing
33. A. there B. it was C. there has D. there is
34. A. find B. find out C. finds D. finds out
35. A. much B. more C. the best D. best
VIII. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions.
- GETTING BACK TO NATURE
You can walk in the mountains near the hotel and see lots of local wildlife. Enjoy a boat trip on the lake and see the amazing waterfalls, or visit the beautiful caves.
36. What did they use to build the house?
____________________________________________________________
37. How can the skylights help us to save electricity?
____________________________________________________________
38. Why don’t they use chemicals to clean the rooms?
____________________________________________________________
39. What can you see in the mountains?
____________________________________________________________
40. What are the activities for a boat trip?
____________________________________________________________
IX. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before.
41. It was an interesting film.
à What _____________________________________________________
42. What’s the weight of your suitcase?
à How _____________________________________________________
43. She knows more about it than I do.
à I don’t ____________________________________________________
44. It was such a good weather that we went swimming.
à The weather _______________________________________________
45. I’m always nervous when I face a lot of people.
à Facing ____________________________________________________
X. Make questions for the underlined part in each sentence.
46. People can know about the weather in their regions from the weather forecast.
____________________________________________________________
47. The game show lasts sixty minutes.
____________________________________________________________
48. I like Mr. Bean best because he always makes me laugh when I see him on TV.
____________________________________________________________
49. Millions of viewers will watch the EURO football match on TV this evening.
____________________________________________________________
50. We can meet in front of theater at 7 p.m.
____________________________________________________________
ĐÁP ÁN
I.
1. D 2. D 3. A
II.
4. D 5. C
III.
6. B 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. D 11. C 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. C
IV.
16. C 17. C 18. A 19. C 20. B
V.
21. lacing -> to lace
22. to live -> live
23. high -> height
24. bỏ it
25. more hard -> harder
VI.
26. inventor
27. friendly
28. shortage
29. knowledge
30. protection
VII.
31. B 32. A 33. D 34. B 35. C
VIII.
36. They used stone and mud to build the hotel.
37. There are skylights – windows in the roof to let light in.
38. Because they don’t want to damage the environment.
39. You can see lots of local wildlife.
40. A boat trip allows you to see the amazing waterfalls or visit the beautiful caves.
IX.
41. What an interesting film?
42. How heavy is your suitcase?
43. I don’t know so/as much as she does.
44. The weather was so good that we went swimming.
45. Facing a lot of people always makes me nervous.
X.
46. What can people know from the weather forecast?
47. How long does the game show last?
48. Why do you like Mr. Bean best?
49. How many viewers will watch the EURO football match on TV this evening?
50. What time can we meet in front of theater?
1. Snakes and tortoises are all _____.
A. mammals
B. reptiles
C. birds
D. insects
2. ______ are your friends and they are in the same class as you at school.
A. Relatives
B. Teammate
C. Partners
D. Classmates
3. Which activity is one type of housework?
A. Going shopping
B. Hanging out with friend
C. Cleaning the kitchen
D. Doing exercises
4. Peter is _______ in his class.
A. smarter student
B. the smarter student
C. the smartest student
D. the most smart student
5. ________ makes and repairs wooden objects for a living.
A. A cashier
B. A gardener
C. A carpenter
D. A magician
6. Today is Lily's day off. She _________ her favorite TV programme now.
A. is watching
B. was watched
C. watches
D. has been watching
7. I’m going to visit my uncle in London ____ September 22nd.
A. on
B. in
C. at
D. from
8. A white or grey bird with long wings living near the sea is called ____.
A. penguin
B. seagull
C. peacock
D. eagle
9. ______ is the best choice for our health.
A. Fast food
B. Frozen food
C. Junk food
D. Fresh food
10. He has got ____________ backpack.
A. a new nice big green
B. a nice big new green
C. a big nice new green
D. a green new big nice
11. My uncle lives in ______ on the 16th floor of this building.
A. an apartment
B. a cottage
C. a shelter
D. a department
12. We went on a day _____ to Happy Farm yesterday.
A. voyage
B. trip
C. journey
D. travel
13. Mark prefers playing video games to _______ to the park at the weekend.
A. go
B. goes
C. went
D. going
14. Adan: “ Let’s go camping!”
Elly: "______. The weather is not good today.”
A. No problem
B. It’s up to you
C. I don’t think it is a good idea
D. Yes, let do it
Choose the most suitable response to complete the exchange.
15. A: "Would you mind getting me a pizza?"
B: "___________."
A. Not at all
B. Yes, I will get you
C. No, just bring yourself
D. Ok, I’m fine
16. Linda: “What does your mother do?”
Petter: "_____________."
A. My mom work as a cooker
B. My mom is a manage
C. My mom work as a sing
D. My mom is a dentist
Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each of the following questions.
The small girl
Sarah Small was the smallest girl in second grade. She could not reach the water fountain. She felt very sad. “Wait and see,” said Mother. “It’s good to be small.”
One day, Sarah and her friends were playing soccer. Sarah was good at soccer. She was so small that she could run through tall people’s legs. She had just kicked the ball when she saw something green and white.
There was a five-dollar bill on the other side of the fence, beside a small hole. Sarah’s friends were too big to fit through the hole to reach it. But Sarah got down on her hands and knees and slipped through. She picked up the bill from off the ground. Then she told her friends she would buy them all ice cream. “Sometimes, it’s good to be small!” she said.
(Source: Adapted from Daily Warm-ups Reading 1)
17. Why is Sarah sad?
A. because she finds five dollars
B. because she buys ice cream
C. because she plays soccer
D. because she is small
18. Why is Sarah good at soccer?
A. because she can run through legs
B. because she finds five dollars
C. because she is tough
D. because she can crawl through holes
19. What does Sarah find on the ground?
A. a soccer ball
B. a five-dollar bill
C. ice cream
D. a worm
20. What does Sarah do with the money?
A. She shares it.
B. She hides it.
C. She leaves it there.
D. She buys ice cream for herself.
Read the description of some words. Write the correct words in the boxes.
21. That kind of meat comes from a cow. What is it? (4 letters)
22. Someone who owns or takes care of a farm (6 letters)
23. In this game, players try to throw a large ball into a high net hanging from a ring. (10 letters)
24. Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb: “No ______, no gain.” (4 letters) 1
25. Write your answer (at least 25 words) to the question: What is your favorite hobby? Why?
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - B; 2 - D; 3 - C; 4 - C; 5 - C;
6 - A; 7 - A; 8 - B; 9 - D; 10 - B;
11 - A; 12 - B; 13 - D; 14 - C; 15 - C;
16 - D; 17 - D; 18 - A; 19 - B; 20 - D;
21 - beef; 22 - farmer; 23 - Basketball; 24 - pain;
25:
Choose the correct answer.
1. Let’s go to our country. It looks beautiful ____________ spring.
A. for
B. in
C. on
D. at
2. An extinct animal is __________.
A. an animal that was a dinosaur
B. an animal that no longer lives on Earth
C. an animal that is still alive
D. an animal that lives underwater
3. What is a food chain?
A. A way to show what different animals eat, and how energy moves through a habitat
B. A way to show how two or more food chains connect
C. A way to show which animals need the most water in a habitat
D. A way to show where different plants and animals live
4. I know him ____ than you do.
A. better
B. more well
C. good
D. the best
5. A _____ is an area of knowledge or study, especially one that you study at school, college, or university.
A. degree
B. subject
C. level
D. vacancy
6. Air ________ is one of the most serious problems that many countries in the world have to face nowadays.
A. sewage
B. fume
C. pollution
D. smoke
7. My brother has collected a lot of _________ bottles since he was ten.
A. old lovely glass
B. glass lovely old
C. old glass lovely
D. lovely old glass
8. English is an important _____ that is required in several national examinations.
A. language
B. test
C. evaluation
D. subject
9. It is an electric appliance used in a building. It is often used in winter to make the air hotter inside the building. What is it?
A. A heater
B. An air conditioner
C. A refrigerator
10. Make exercise a part of your daily _______.
A. regularity
B. chore
C. routine
D. frequency
11. Water polo is a team water game, with six field players and one goalie in each team. The winner of the game is the team that scores more _____.
A. nets
B. goals
C. plays
D. balls
12. Tet is a ______ which occurs in late January or early February.
A. festival
B. meeting
C. party
D. activity
13. Use a _____ to check up the words you want to know about.
A. magazine
B. newspaper
C. dictionary
D. reference
14. Boy: “I’m taking my English test tomorrow.”
Girl: “_______________”
A. Congratulations!
B. Good luck!
C. Don’t mention it!
15. Catherine: “Thank you for your nice gift, David!”
David: “_________”
A. In fact, I myself dislike it.
B. You’re welcome.
C. Do you know how much it cost?
16. - How was your holiday in New York?
- _____________.
A. Really
B. Absolutely right
C. Awesome
D. Sure
Read the text and answer the questions.
Our Class Won
There are four first grade classes at our school. The teachers decided to have a contest. Every day each student would take a book home to read with their Mom or Dad. Their parents sent a note saying they had read the book. The class who read the most books would win.
The contest lasted two weeks. Our class really wanted to win the contest. Everyone took home a book each afternoon and read it with their Mom or Dad at night.
There are twenty kids in my class. We read ten books each. That made two hundred books! We won the contest. We beat the next class by only three books.
We were so happy to win. Our classroom got a new red bookcase as a prize. Now we have a place to put all our books.
Adapted from littleworksheets.com
17. How long did the contest last?
A. two weeks
B. a month
C. all year
D. two months
18. What was the prize for winning the contest?
A. a pizza party
B. no homework for a week
C. a new car
D. a new red bookcase
19. Which of the following words has the same meaning as “beat” in the story?
A. lost
B. did better than
C. fought
D. took
20. What is NOT TRUE, according to the story?
A. The parents sent a note to say that their child had read a book.
B. The class whose students read most books at the school library would win.
C. The author's class won the contest with two hundred books read at home.
D. The author's class use the prize to put their books at the class.
Read the description and write the correct word in the box.
21. You must buy this before you travel on a train (6 letters):
22. People carry their clothes in this when they go on holiday (8 letters):
23. If you sit next to this, you might see some great views when you travel by plane. (6 letters):
Fill in the missing word to complete the English proverb
24. “There's no smoke _____ fire.” (7 letters):
ĐÁP ÁN
1 - B; 2 - B; 3 - A; 4 - B; 5 - B;
6 - C; 7 - D; 8 - D; 9 - A; 10 - C;
11 - B; 12 - A; 13 - C; 14 - B; 15 - B; 16 - C;
17 - A; 18 - D; 19 - B; 20 - B;
21 - ticket; 22 - suitacase; 23 -window; 24 - without;
Question 1: Choose the odd one out.
| 1. A. airport | B. train station | C. market | D. bus stop |
| 2. A. runs | B. works | C. sits | D. laughs |
3. We don’t go______________train.
| A. in | B. on | C. by | D. to |
| A. she have lunch with her mother | B. she eats lunch with her mother. |
| C. She had lunch with her mother. | D. she does lunch with her mother. |
| A. How much is an ice cream cost? | B. How much does an ice cream cost? |
| C. How much an ice cream cost? | D. What the price of an ice cream?. |
| A. watch TV | B. brush his teeth | C. watchs TV | D. watches TV |
| A. noisily | B. more noisier | C. noisier | D. noisy |
Mrs. Brown’s grandfather lived with her. Every morning he went for a walk in the park and came home at half past twelve for lunch.
But one morning a police car stopped outside Mrs. Brown’s house at twelve o’clock, two policemen helped Mr. Brown to get out. One of them said to Mrs. Brown: “The poor old gentleman lost his way on the park and telephoned us for help, so we sent a car to bring him home”. Mrs. Brown was very surprised, but she thanked the policemen and they left.
“But grandfather”, she then said, “ You have been to that park nearly everyday for twenty years. How did you lose your way there?”
The old man smiled, closed one eye and said: “ I didn’t quite lose my way, I just got tired and I didn’t to walk home.
8. What did Mrs. Brown’s old grandfather go to the park for?
| A. For pleasure | B. For a walk | C. For amusement | D. For recreation |
| A. He lost his way. | B. He was too tired to walk home. |
| C. He came home for lunch. | D. He wanted to stay in the park. |
| A. Very surprised | B. Normal | C. Calm | D. Interesting |
| A. People walk in the park for fresh air. | B. Mrs. Brown’s grandfather didn’t quite lose his way. |
| C. He didn’t want to go home on foot | D. It was the first time he went to the park. |
| on | because | nothing | taking |
| read | take | something | like |
THE LIBRARY
The library is a good place to be(0)_________ a wet day. You can find the answer to all your questions there. When you want to know(12)_________ about the world you live in, there are a lot of books to (13)______________. You can learn about mountains, rivers, animals or the stars. You can (14)___________ the books home with you for three weeks. The library is a great place to do your homework (15)_________it is always very quiet, so try not to talk loudly when you are there. Some libraries have a shop and you can buy things (16)________ pens and maps there. There’s sometimes a café’. Try to go to the library more often.
Example: 0: on
Question 6. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentences.
17. English/ We/ a week/ have/ four times.
___________________________________________________
18. will be/ It/ large/ house/ a/ in/ countryside/ the/.
___________________________________________________
Question 7. Write a short paragraph (4-6 sentences) about your hobby.
Suggested questions:
- What is your hobby?
- When did you start it?
- Why do you choose it as your hobby?
- What are you going to do with it in the future?
ĐÁP ÁN
Question 1: Choose the odd one out.
1 - C;
Question 2. Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from those of these other words.
2 - A;
Question 3. Choose the best answer.
3 - C; 4 - C; 5 - B; 6 - D; 7 - C;
Question 4. Read the story and choose the correct answer.
8 - B; 9 - A; 10 - A; 11 - D;
Question 5. Choose the words from the box to complete the text. There are two words you do not need to use.
12 - something; 13 - read; 14 - take; 15 - because;
Question 6. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentences.
17 - We have English four times a week.
18 - It will be a large house in the countryside.
Question 7. Write a short paragraph (4-6 sentences) about your hobby.
PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO QUẬN BA ĐÌNH TRƯỜNG THCS GIẢNG VÕ | ĐỀ KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG LỚP 6 Năm học 2011-2012. Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 45 phút (Thí sinh làm bài vào đề thi này.) |
Họ và tên: ……………………………………….
Ngày, tháng, năm sinh: ………………………...
Số báo danh: ……………………………………
Điểm Chữ ký giám khảo Số phách
Số:
Chữ:
I. Gạch chân câu trả lời đúng (A, B, C hoặc D) và viết câu trả lời đã chọn vào chỗ trống để hoàn
thành những câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. What do you do when _________________ warm?
A. there’s B. there C. its D. it’s
2. There is _______________ink-pot on the desk.
A. the B. a C. an D.
3. Look ___________ that man. He is looking ____________Jane but Jane isn’t here.
A. for - at B. at - for C. at - up D. for - up
4. This sign says “Stop”. You _______________ go straight ahead.
A. mustn’t B. must C. can D. can not
5. Tom and Tim are _____________ good friends. ____________ are very kind to us.
A. ours - They B. our - They C. our - Theirs D. ours – Them
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân trong các câu sau. (2.5 điểm)
1. Mr. Hai travels to work by car every morning.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. They often go swimming in the summer.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. My mother needs an apple.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Jane’s sister works in a hospital .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. These students have English on Tuesday and Friday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
III. Chọn từ thích hợp điền vào câu. (2.5 điểm)
work, not eat, speak, sing, watch
1. Listen! The little girl __________________________ in the next room.
2. Erika usually ________________________________ television before going to bed.
3. ____________ the Pikes _______________________ in the garden now?
4. My grandmother _____________________________ meat at all.
5. _____________ you __________________________ any other languages apart from English?
IV. Mỗi câu sau có một lỗi sai. Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng. (2.5 điểm)
Phần chữa
1. What would you like buying at the school canteen?
2. She goes shopping always in the afternoon.
3. They have rice, meat and vegetables in lunch.
4. I want some breads and a bottle of milk.
5. The toy-store is to the left the bakery. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
V. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ thích hợp để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau. Chữ cái đầu tiên của từ được cho sẵn. (5 điểm)
Herry likes fishing. He fishes in the (1) r____________ near our house. On Sunday (2) a__________________, when he has no (3) w______________, he goes down to the river with a little water and some sandwiches and (4) f_______________ until it is quite dark. (5)T____________ are always a few other (6) p_______________ there. They love fishing, (7) t_____________ , and they all sit there quietly for (8) h______________. Sometimes they catch some fish, (9) s_______________ they do not. I do not like that kind of sport (10) b_________________ I am not very patient.
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu cho trước, bắt đầu bằng những từ gợi ý. (5 điểm)
1. My sister often walks to the supermarket.
=> My sister often goes ………………………………………………………………
2. Does your class have fifty students?
=> Are ……………………………………………………………………………… ?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at six forty-five.
=> Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a ………………………………………………………
4. He is in the bath at the moment.
=> He is ………………………… a …………………………………………………
5. What is the price of the tickets ?
=> How much ……………………………………………………………………… ?
THE END.
ĐÁP ÁN
I. Gạch chân câu trả lời đúng và viết câu trả lời đã chọn vào chỗ trống. (2.5 điểm)
Mỗi câu đúng đựơc 0,5 điểm. Nếu thí sinh chỉ gạch chân mà không viết vào chỗ trống hoặc ngược lại thì chỉ được ½ số điểm.
1. D (it’s) 2. C (an) 3. B (at – for) 4. A (mustn’t) 5. B (our – They)
II. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần được gạch chân. (2.5 điểm)
Mỗi câu hỏi đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. How does Mr. Hai travel to work every morning?
2. What do they often do in the summer?
3. How many apples does your / my mother need ?
4. Where does Jane’s sister work ?
5. When do these students have English?
III. Điền từ vào chỗ trống
Mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,5 điểm
1. is singing 2. watches 3. Are …working 4. does not / doesn’t eat 5. Do…. speak
IV.Gạch chân dưới các lỗi sai và chữa chúng . (2.5 điểm)
Tìm được mỗi lỗi sai được 0,25 điểm. Chữa được lỗi sai đó được 0,25 điểm.
1. buying => to buy 2. goes shopping always => always goes shopping
3. in => for 4. breads => bread / loaves of bread
5. left => left of
V. Điền từ vào chỗ trống. (5 điểm)
Mỗi từ điền đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1. river 2. afternoon(s) 3. work 4. fishes 5. There
6. people 7. too 8. hours 9. sometimes 10. because
VI. Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu cho trước, bắt đầu bằng những từ gợi ý. (5 điểm) Mỗi câu viết lại đúng được 1 điểm.
1. My sister often goes to the supermarket on foot.
2. Are there fifty students in your class?
3. Mrs. Hoa goes to work at a quarter to seven.
4. He is having / taking a bath at the moment.
5. How much do the tickets cost? / How much are the tickets?
Circle the odd one out.
| 1. A. tree | B. restaurant | C. grass | D. flower |
| 2. A. store | B. museum | C. friend | D. hospital |
| 3. A. beautiful | B. bakery | C. drugstore | D. bookstore |
| 4. A. town | B. city | C. country | D. house |
| 5. A. travel | B. bike | C. bus | D. car |
Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced is differently from that of the others.
| 1. A. girl | B. history | C. television | D. listen |
| 2. A. home | B. how | C. go | D. old |
| 3. A. eat | B. breakfast | C. read | D. teacher |
| 4. A. school | B. door | C. stool | D. room |
| 5. A. sit | B. engineer | C. thirty | D. window |
Choose the best answer.
like to read “Muc Tim” very much. It’s my magazine.
A. nice B. quick C. funny D. favourite 2.My close friend, Mai, has a face and hair.
A. big – black B. small – short C. round – black D. short – long 3.My best friend is kind and . He often makes me laugh.
A. funny B. nice C. shy D. boring 4.My brother has short _ hair.
A. a – straight B. Æ - long C. Æ - curly D. a – black 5.On Sunday Nam _ his parents in the field as usual.
A. helps B. help C. is helping D. helping 6.Can you _ me the apple, please?
A. move B. pass C. have D. turn 7.Mai is the phone, chatting _ friends.
A. on – to B. on – on C. to – with D. to – to
She is always at school, and helps other students with their homework.
hard B. hardly C. hard-working D. work hard
Diana is in the art club. She likes to paint pictures, and everyone enjoys them. She is very
.
shy B. kind C. funny D. Creative
10.On Saturday Tom’s parents him _ London to see the new film.
A. are taking – to B. taking – to C. are going – to D. are going – in
11.Next summer I am working as a _ teacher in a village near Hoa Binh City.
A. good B. nice C. favourite D. volunteer 12.The Summer Camp is for students between 10 and 15.
A. age B. aged C. aging D. ages
We are visiting a milk farm to see they milk, cheese, and butter.
why – do B. Æ - do C. how – make D. how – do
Linda has hair and big eyes.
blonde – small B. a black – blue C. blonde – blue D. black – long
The film is very, and we can’t see all of it.
A. exciting B. boring C. wonderful D. Easy
Our class is going to _ us? a picnic at the zoo on Saturday. Would you like to come with
A. have B. take C. pass D. go
17.It’s to go home. It’s so late.
A. now B. sure C. time D. like 18.Please turn the lights. The room is so dark.
A. with B. at C. in D. on
Can you _ the tables and chairs the next room? There are some more students.
A. move – to B. take – in C. move – in D. take – on 20.Daisy is very _ to take the rest. She is a very good student.
A. kind B. confident C. friendly D. talkative
Fill in each blank with a suitable verb.
What color Nam’s eyes?
What those?
She an oval face.
- Mai’s hair long or short?
- It short.
Ngan short black hair.
What color those bikes?
He tall and thin.
Toan an athlete. He very strong.
Give the correct form of verb at the simple tense and the continuous tense.
Sit down! A strange dog…........................... (run) to you.
My mom often................................ (buy) meat from the butcher’s.
My brothers................................ (not/ drink) coffee at the moment.
Look! Those people................................ (climb) the mountain so fast.
That girl................................ (cry) loudly in the party now.
These students always................................ (wear) warm clothes in summer.
What................................ (you/ do) in the kitchen?
I never................................ (eat) potatoes.
The 203 bus................................ (set off) every fifteen minutes.
Tonight we................................ (not/ go) to our teacher’s wedding party.
Fill in each blank with the correct adjective from the box.
kind | boring | shy | funny | clever |
friendly | talkative | creative | confident | hard-working |
He’s a little bit......................................... He likes to talk a lot.
She always has a smile with everyone.
Everyone is to me. They often help me when I need.
It is to sit on the plane with nothing to read.
She is very........................................ She writes poetry and paints.
It’s a really film; everyone laughs a lot.
Children are often of people they don’t know.
He is often at school and he always gets good marks.
The teacher wants the students to feel about asking questions when they don’t understand.
I’m not very at Math. I often make mistakes in calculations.
Read the text then give the correct form of verb.
It (0. be) is Sunday evening and my friends and I (1. be) ……………........ at Jane's birthday party. Jane (2. wear) ……………........a beautiful long dress and (3. stand)
……………........next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink).......................................................................................................... wine or beer
in the corner of the room. Some of her relatives (5. dance).......................................................................................................... in the middle of
the room. Most people (6. sit) ……………........on chairs, (7. enjoy).......................................................................................................... foods
and (8. chat) ……………........with one another. We often (9. go) ……………........to our friends' birthday parties. We always (10. dress) ……………........well and (11. travel)
……………........by taxi. Parties never (12. make)........................... us bored because we like
Read the passage carefully.
Nga is a good student. She is eleven. She is in grade 6. Every day, she gets up at six o’clock. After getting up, she washes her face, brushes her teeth. Then, she has breakfast with her family (her father, her mother and her brother). Her father is a doctor. He is forty- two years old. Her mother is a nurse. She is thirty- nine. Tam is her brother. He is a student. She goes to school after she gets dressed at 6.30. Her school is big. It has third floor and her classroom is on the second floor.
Choose True ( T ) or False ( F ) (2ms)Hãy chọn phương án True (T)or False (F)
| Statements | True (T) | False (F) |
| 1. Nga’s father is a doctor. | ||
| 2. Nga goes to school at 6 o’clock. | ||
| 3. Her mother is a teacher. | ||
| 4. Tam is a student. |
Answer the questions. Hãy trả lời các câu sau
Which grade is Nga in?
……………………………………………………………
What time does she get up?
……………………………………………………………
Is her school big?
……………………………………………………………
Where is her classroom?
……………………………………………………………
Read the text carefully then answer the following questions.
Loan is twelve years old. She is in grade 6. She lives in a house in the city with her mother, father and sister. Their house is next to a bookstore. In the neighborhood, there is a restaurant, a market and a stadium. Loan's father works in the restaurant. Her mother works in the market. Loan goes to school at six fifteen in the morning. She has classes from six forty- five to eleven.
How many people are there in Loan's house?
g……………………………………………………………………
What is next to her house?
g……………………………………………………………………
What time do her classes start?
g……………………………………………………………………
What time do you go to school everyday?
g……………………………………………………………………
Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first.
Ex: There are twenty classes in our school.
→ Our school has twenty classes.
1/ Our school has forty-two classrooms
→There ..................................................................
2/ The bakery is to the left of my house
→ My house ............................................................
3/ Mr Minh has a son, Trung.
→ Mr Minh ..............................................................
4/ Trang is riding her bike to school.
→ Trang is going ....................................................
5/ Huyen walks to school every afternoon.
→ Huyen goes .......................................................
6/ Does your class have forty students?
→Are................................................................. ?
7/ That motorbike belongs to Mr Trung.
→ That is .................................................................
8/ Does your father cycle to work?
→ Does your father get....................................... ?
9/ He goes to work at seven fifteen.
→ He goes to work at a ............................................
10/ This exercise is very difficult and he can’t do it
→ This exercise is too ...............……..……….....…
Write the correct sentence using the cue words.
He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.
……………………………………………………………
You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
……………………………………………………………
I/ not/ go/ to school/ on weekends.
……………………………………………………………
John’s girlfriend/ wear/ a red T-shirt/ now.
……………………………………………………………
They/ like/ beer or wine?
……………………………………………………………
What/ he/ usually/ do/ at night?
……………………………………………………………
The teacher/ never/ lose/ his temper.
……………………………………………………………
Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?
……………………………………………………………
TEST 2
Choose the right words to fill the blanks.
Her name is Thi. (family/ full/ middle/ last)
I live 24B Dinh Tien Hoang Street. (in/ on/ to/ at)
How is it from the hospital to the bus stop? (far/ long/ high/ much)
My father likes jogging, and does my mother. (too/ so/ but/ when)
a lovely view! (When/ How/ Where/What)
They will _ badminton next Sunday. (play/ to play/ playing/ plays)
Which is the apartment? (best/ better/ most/ more)
Her date of birth is November fourth. (at/ on/ in/ of)
Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
Our friends (come) here soon.
My father never (drink) coffee.
I usually to school by bike but tomorrow I
_ to school by bus. (go)
He (visit) his grandparents next week.
Jane _ (play) the piano at present.
We (not invite) many friends to the party tonight.
I (be) rich someday.
Hurry up! We (wait) for you.
Make questions for the underlined words. Ex: They are fine.
-> How are they?
His telephone number is 8 259 640.
It’s about two kilometers from my house to the movie theater.
I will go camping next Sunday.
Her date of birth is on August 21st.
She will be fourteen on her next birthday.
My father is an engineer.
My address is 2/10B Ly Thuong Kiet Street.
He works in a hospital.
Match the item in column A with the item in column B.
| A What’s his address? How will they go to the movie theater? He watches TV every night. What’s her family name? | B I do, too. It’s Nguyen. 14 Nguyen Hue Street. They will go by taxi. | 1. 2. 3. 4. |
Change into Exclamatory sentence.
The dinner is delicious.
She’s a wonderful mother.
They’re beautiful pictures.
The weather is very awful.
Read the passage. Then answer the questions.
Trung is a student in class 7A. His full name is Pham Quoc Trung. He is 13 years old now, but he will be 14 on his next birthday. Trung lives with his parents at 2/34 Nguyen Trai Street. Trung’s house isn’t large but it’s very comfortable. It has a bright living room, two lovely bedrooms and a large, mordern bathroom and kitchen. There is a small yard in front of his house. Trung’s mother grows flowers in the yard. According to Trung, his house is the nicest house.
What does Trung do?
What class is he in?
What’s his family name?
What’s his address?
Is Trung’s house big?
How many rooms are there in his house?
Is there a yard in front of his house?
Are there any flowers in the yard?
TEST 3
Choose the best answer:
| 1/ A. brush | B. music | C. truck | D. bus. |
| 2/ A. plane | B. bank | C. paddy | D. math. |
| 3/ A. foodstall | B. history | C. waste | D. noisy. |
| 4/ A. start | B. garden | C. warn | D. farm |
| 5/ A. hour | B. house | C. help | D. home |
Give the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1/ Trang usually (listen)…………….….. to the teacher in class, but she (not listen)
…………….…..now; she (look)........................... out of the window.
2/ Where is your father? -He (be) …………….…..in the bathroom. He (brush)
…………….…..his teeth. He (brush) …………….…..his teeth in the morning and evening.
3/ Your children (go)........................... to school by bus every day?
4/ There (be)........................... many flowers in your garden?
5/ Every day Mr Hung (not drive) …………….…..to work. He (travel)… to work by bike.
Fill in a word to complete the passage
I have a very close friend. Her name is Nga. She is twelve years old __(1) she is in grade six. She (2) speak English. She has English __(3) Tuesday and Friday. She can also (4)__ the piano. In her room, (5) is a piano and some books. Every day she gets up at six. She (6)__ breakfast at six thirty and goes to school at a (7) to seven. She has her __(8) from seven o’clock to eleven thirty. Then she (9)__back home and has lunch at twelve o’clock. It’s three o’clock in the afternoon now and Nga is in her room. She (10) playing the piano.
Find and correct the mistakes
1/ There are two benchs in my room.
……………………………………………………………………………
2/ Mr Hien isn’t live in a house in the country.
……………………………………………………………………………
3/ The Browns are traveling to Ho Chi Minh City in train.
……………………………………………………………………………
4/ There aren't a trees to the left of Lan's house.
……………………………………………………………………………
5/ That's my sister over there. She stands near the window
……………………………………………………………………………
6/ Do you know how many teachers does your school have?
……………………………………………………………………………
7/ I'm twenty-one year old and I' m a student.
……………………………………………………………………………
8/ This is Tuan. He is me classmate.
……………………………………………………………………………
9/ Our classroom is on the three floor.
……………………………………………………………………………
10/ What time your brother get up?
……………………………………………………………………………
Write the sentences using the cue words.
1/ She/ not have/ much time/ write/ friends.
……………………………………………………………………………
2/ Hoa's sister/ listen/ music/room/ the moment.
……………………………………………………………………………
3/ Mrs Hue/ children/ eating/ breakfast/ foodstall.
……………………………………………………………………………
4/ Your brother/ play/ volleyball/ yard/ now/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………
5/ Sign/ say/ that/ can't go / this street.
……………………………………………………………………………
6/ Who/ you/ wait/ five/ o'clock/ afternoon/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………
7/ There/ many road signs/ our street.
……………………………………………………………………………
8/ What/ your sister/ play/ morning?
……………………………………………………………………………
9/ They / not/ listen / music/ after dinner.
……………………………………………………………………………
10/ You/ T.V/ or / sports/ after school/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………
Read and answer the questions
Mr Bruce, 45 years old, is a teacher. He is English but he lives in France, in the village of Yerville. Mr Bruce lives in France but he works in England. Every Monday he leaves home at 2.30 in the morning and drives 101 miles from his village to Boulogne, where he leaves his car and catches the ferry to Folkstone. Then he catches the train to Maidstone in Kent and arrives at Manor school at 8.25. He teaches French from 9.00 in the morning to 3.30 in the afternoon, and then leaves school. He stays in Maidstone and only comes home on Friday every week.
Questions:
1/ How old is Mr Bruce?
……………………………………………………………………………
2/ Where does he work?
……………………………………………………………………………
3/ What time does he leave home to work on Monday?
……………………………………………………………………………
4/ How does he travel to Boulogne?
……………………………………………………………………………
5/ What does he teach?
……………………………………………………………………………
Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined
1. | A. | come | B. | month | C. | mother | D. | open |
2. | A. | hope | B. | homework | C. | one | D. | post |
3. | A. | brother | B. | judo | C. | going | D. | rode |
4. | A. | cities | B. | watches | C. | dishes | D. | houses |
5. | A. | grandparents | B. | brothers | C. | uncles | D. | fathers |
6. | A. | books | B. | walls | C. | rooms | D. | pillows |
7. | A. | finger | B. | leg | C. | neck | D. | elbow |
8. | A. | writes | B. | makes | C. | takes | D. | drives |
9. | A. | request | B. | project | C. | neck | D. | exciting |
10 | A. | Thursday | B. | thanks | C. | these | D. | birthday |
Find which word does not belong to each group.
1. | A. | toilet | B. | library | C. | kitchen | D. | bedroom |
2. | A. | sofa | B. | dishwasher | C. | cupboard | D. | sink |
3 | A. | apartment | B. | villa | C. | silt house | D. | hotel |
4. | A. | attic | B. | apartment | C. | kitchen | D. | living room |
5. | A. | television | B. | cook | C. | fridge | D. | cooker |
Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D).
| 1. There are two lights the ceiling. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. in | B. | at | C. | on | D. | between | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2. There four chairs and a table the middle of the room. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. are – in | B. | are – at | C. | is – on | D. | is – in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3. They are moving a new apartment the city centre soon. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. at – at | B. | from – in | C. | to – in | D. | to – from | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4. There are some dirty dishes the floor. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. on | B. | with | C. | in | D. | for | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 5. My bedroom is the bathroom. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. under | B. | in | C. | on | D. | next to | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 6. There aren’t any pillows the bed | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. in | B. | on | C. | behind | D. | in front of | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 7. Can you me the book, please? | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | move | B. | pass | C. | have | D. | turn | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 8. Nga is the phone, chatting friends. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | on – to | B. | on – on | C. | to – with | D. | to – to | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 9. My best friend is kind and . He often makes me laugh. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | funny | B. | nice | C. | shy | D. | boring | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 10. The film is very and we can’t see all of it. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | wonderful | B. | easy | C. | exciting | D. | boring | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 11. The summer camp is for students between 10 and 15. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | age | B. | aged | C. | aging | D. | ages | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 12. Mary has hair and big eyes. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | blonde, small | B. | a black, blue | C. | blonde, blue | D. | black, long | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 13. Next summer I am working as a teacher in a village near Hoa Binh city. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | volunteer | B. | nice | C. | good | D. | favourite | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 14. She is always at school and helps other students with their homework. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | hard | B. | hardly | C. | hard-working | D. | work hard | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 15. Our class is going to a pinic at the zoo on Saturday. Would you like to come with us? | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | have | B. | take | C. | pass | D. | go | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 16. It’s to go home. It’s so late. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | now | B. | sure | C. | time | D. | like | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 17. Please turn the lights. The room is so dark. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | in | B. | on | C. | off | D. | at | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 18. At break time, I go to the library and books. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. | go | B. | read | C. | play | D. | listen | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 19. Listen! Someone at the door. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. | knock | B. | knocks | C. | is knocking | D. | are knocking | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 20. Nam football now. He’s tired. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. | doesn’t play | B. | plays | C. | is playing | D. | isn’t playing | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 21. We are excited the first day of school. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. | at | B. | with | C. | about | D. | in | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 22. My parents often help me my | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. | at | B. | with | C. | about | D. | in | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 23. I am having a math lesson but I forgot my . I have some difficulty. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | calculator | B. | bike | C. | pencil case | D. | pencil sharpener | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 24. In the afternoon, students many interesting clubs. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | join | B. | do | C. | play | D. | read | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 25. School at 4.30 p.m every day. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| A. | finish | B. | finishes | C. | go | D. | have | |||||||||||||||||||||
Complete the sentences with the Present simple or the Present continuous form of the verbs.
They often (visit) their parents in the holidays.
We (speak) French at the moment.
I (watch) TV about 3 hours a day.
My family usually (go) to the movies on Sunday.
Look at the girl! She (ride) a horse.
We (play) tennis now.
Minh sometimes (practice) the guitar in his room.
you (like) chocolate ice cream?
I really (like) cooking.
Hung can’t answer the phone because he (take) _a shower.
Fill in each blank with a suitable verb.
She an oval face.
- Mai’s hair long or short?
- It short.
He tall and thin.
Toan an athlete. He very strong.
Ngan short black hair.
What color those bikes?
What color Nam’s eyes?
What those?
IV. Complete the passage with a suitable preposition.
We have English lessons (1) Room 12. There are 24 tables for students and one desk for the teacher. (2) the walls, there are a lots of posters of England. There’s a cupboard at the front of the room and
(3) the cupboard, there is a TV and DVD player. Sometimes we watch films. There are some bookshelves (4) the classroom. (5) the shelves, there are a lot of English books. Our books are (6) the teacher’s desk. He wants to look at our homework. Our school bags are (7) the floor, and there is some food (8) the school bags. It’s now 5.30 pm. We are (9) home, but our teacher is (10) _
school. He often stays late to prepare for tomorrow’s lessons.
Reorder the words and write the meaning sentences.
city / beautiful / a / Ho Chi Minh / is.
..............................................................................................................
green fields / there / are.
..............................................................................................................
dog / it’s / friendly / a.
..............................................................................................................
student / Minh / new / a / is.
..............................................................................................................
television / big / a / there’s.
..............................................................................................................
new / four / there / cars / are.
..............................................................................................................
are / two / pizza / there / big.
..............................................................................................................
ten / are / desks / small / there.
..............................................................................................................
ANSWER KEY
TEST 1
TEST 1
| I. | |||||
| 1. B | 2. C | 3. A | 4. C | 5. A | |
| II | |||||
| 1. A | 2. B | 3. B | 4. B | 5. C | |
| III. | |||||
| 1. D | 2. C | 3. A | 4. D | 5. A | |
| 6. D | 7. A | 8. C | 9. D | 10. A | |
| 11. D | 12. B | 13. C | 14. C | 15. B | |
| 16. A | 17. C | 18. D | 19. A | 20. B | |
| IV. | |||||
| 1. is | 2. are | 3. has | 4. is | ||
| 5. has | 6. are | 7. is | 8. is/ is | ||
| V. | |||||
| 1. is running | 2. buys | 3. aren't drinking | 4. are climbing | ||
| 5. is crying | 6. Wear | 7. are you doing | 8. Eat | ||
| 9. sets | 10. aren't going | ||||
| VI. | |||||
| 1. talkative | 2. friendly | 3. kind | 4. boring | ||
| 5. creative | 6. funny | 7. shy | 8. hard-working | ||
| 9. confident | 10. clever | ||||
| VII. | |||||
| 1. are | 2. is wearing | 3. standing | 4. are drinking | ||
| 5. are dancing | 6. Are sitting | 7. enjoying | 8. chatting | ||
| 9. go | 10. dress | 11. Travel | 12. make | ||
| VIII. | |||||
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| T | F | F | T |
She is in grade 6.
She gets up at six o’clock.
Yes, it is.
Her clasroom is on the second floorIX.
There are 4 people.
Their house is next to a bookstore.
Her classes start from six forty-five to eleven.
I often go to school at six fifteen every day.
X.
There are forty-two classrooms in our school.
My house is to the right of the bakery.
Mr Minh is Trung’s father.
Trang is going to school by bike.
Huyen goes to school on foot every afternoon.
Are there forty students in your class?
That is Trung’s motorbike.
Does your father get to work by bike?
He goes to work at a quarter past seven.
This exercise is too difficult for him to do.
XI.
He often has breakfast late.
Are you doing the housework at the moment?
I do not go to school on weekends.|I don't go to school on weekends.
John's girlfriend is wearing a red T-shirt now.
Do they like beer or wine?
What does he usually do at night?
The teacher never loses his temper.
Why are you listening to music loudly now?
TEST 2
I.
II.
III.
1.middle 2.at
1.will come 2.drinks
3.far 4.so
3.go – will go 4.will visit
5.What 6.play
5.is playing 6.won’t invite
7. best 8.on
will be 8.are waitingWhat’s his telephone number?
How far is it from your house to the movie theater?
When will you camping?
What’s her date of birth?How old will she be on her next birthday?
What does your father do?
What’s your address?
Where does she work?
IV.
1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B
V.
1.What a delicious dinner! 2.What a wonderful mother! 3.What beautiful pictures!
4.What awful weather!
VI.
He is a student.
He is in class 7A.
His family name is Pham.
It is at 2/34 Nguyen Trai Street.
No, it isn’t.
There are five rooms.
Yes, there is.
Yes, there are.
TEST 3
I.
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. A
II.
listens, isn’t listening, is looking
is, is brushing, brushes
Do…..go
Are there
doesn’t drive, travels
III.
| 1. and 6. has | 2. can 7. quarter | 3. on 8. classes | 4. play 9. comes | 5. there 10. is |
| IV. |
isn’t -> doesn’t
in -> by
a -> any
stands -> standing
does your school have -> your school has
year -> years
me -> my
three -> third
thiếu does
V.
She doesn’t have much time to write to her friends.
Hoa’s sister is listening to music in her room at the moment.
Mrs Hue and her children are eating breakfast at the foodstall.
Is your father playing volleyball in the yard now?
Sign says that you can’t go on this street.
Who are you waiting at five o’clock in the afternoon?
There are many road signs on our street.
What does your sister often play in the morning?
They don’t listen to music after dinner.
Do you watch TV or play sports after school?
VI.
He 45 years old.
He works in England.
He leaves home at 2.30 in the morning.
He travels to Boulogne by car.
He teaches French.
TEST 4
I.
1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. C
II.
1. B. 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B
III.
1. C 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. A 10. D
11. B 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. B 19. C 20. D
21. C 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. B
IV.
1. often 2. are speaking 3. watch 4. goes 5. is riding
6. are playing7. practice 8. Do…like 9. like 10. is taking
V.
1. has 2. Is/ is 3. is 4. is/is
| 5. has VI. | 6. are | 7. are | 8. are | |
| 1. in | 2. On | 3. on | 4. in | 5. On |
| 6. at | 7. on | 8. in | 9. at | 10. at |
| VII. |
There are green fields.
It’s a friendly dog.
Minh is a new student.
There’s a big television.
There are four new cars.
There are two big bizza.
There are ten small desks.
SỞ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO TẠO HÀ NỘI
TRƯỜNG THPTDL M.V.LÔMÔNÔXỐP ĐỀ KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG VÀO LỚP 6
Năm học 2007-2008
|
Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian: 45 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
Họ và tên: …………..………………....……..……. Số báo danh: …….….…Phòng thi: ……..
Họ và tên: …………..………………....……..……. Số báo danh: …….….…Phòng thi: ……..
|
| ||||
(Học sinh làm bài vào đề thi này)
Khoanh tròn một từ không cùng nhóm với các từ còn lại: (1 điểm)
1. a. her b. their c. our d. it
2. a. is b. does c. am d. are
3. a. boys b. key c. bicycle d. banana
4. a. chalk b. eraser c. house d. school-bag
Khoanh tròn đáp án thích hợp để hoàn thành các câu sau: (1 điểm)
1. There ……………... twenty desks in this room.
a. am b. is c. are d. do
2. My father …………..……. like speaking English.
a. isn’t b. aren’t c. doesn’t d. don’t
3. How many ……………….…. are there in your house? – Only one.
a. television b. televisions c. televisiones d. television’s
4. This is my new teacher. ……………… name is Mai.
a. Her b. Your c. She d. He
Ghép các câu hỏi với câu trả lời sao cho phù hợp: (2 điểm)
| a. He’s an architect. b. In New York. c. It’s Judy’s book. d. No, not really. e. Yes, very much. f. Brazil. g. Yes, he does. h. Eighteen | ||||||||
| 1. __ | 2. __ | 3. __ | 4. __ | 5. __ | 6. __ | 7. __ | 8. __ | ||
VD: they / where / from / are → Where are they from?
- lives / John / city / Ho Chi Minh / in. ……….……………………………………………….
- swimming / you / when / go / do / ? / ………………………………….…………………….
- fish / I / like / don’t / chicken / and. ………………………….……………………………………..
- your / is / pen / this / ? / .……………………………………………………….
is | loves | years | has |
* Trả lời câu hỏi: (2 điểm)
- What is Michael’s job? ………………………………………………………………………….
- Is he married? ………………………………….…………………….…………………
- Does he have one sister? ………………………………….…………………….…………………
- Where does he live? ………………………………………………..……………….…………………
hÕt
ĐÁP ÁN MÔN TIẾNG ANH
ĐÁP ÁN MÔN TIẾNG ANH
I. Khoanh tròn một từ không cùng nhóm với các từ còn lại: (1 điểm) ( ¼ điểm cho 1 câu )
1- d. it 2- b. does 3- a. boys 4- c. house
II. Khoanh tròn đáp án thích hợp để hoàn thành các câu sau: (1 điểm) ( ¼ điểm cho 1 câu )
1. c- are 2. c- doesn’t 3. b- televisions 4. a- Her
III. Ghép các câu hỏi với câu trả lời sao cho phù hợp: (2 điểm) ( ¼ điểm cho 1 câu )
| 1. e | 2. f | 3. a | 4. h | 5. c | 6. g | 7. b | 8. d |
IV. Sắp xếp từ xáo trộn thành câu hoàn chỉnh: (2 điểm) ( ½ điểm cho 1 câu )
John live in Ho Chi Minh city .
When do you go swimming?
I don’t like fish and chicken.
Is this your pen?
V. Điền một từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống: (2 điểm) ( ½ điểm cho 1 câu )
1. years 2. is 3. has 4. loves
Trả lời câu hỏi: (2 điểm) ( ½ điểm cho 1 câu trả lời )
He is a doctor.
No, he isn’t.
Yes, he does.
He lives in a house in Chicago.
CHỦ ĐỀ LIÊN QUAN
CHỦ ĐỀ QUAN TÂM
CHỦ ĐỀ MỚI NHẤT
